WO2024022012A1 - 定位方法及装置 - Google Patents

定位方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024022012A1
WO2024022012A1 PCT/CN2023/104249 CN2023104249W WO2024022012A1 WO 2024022012 A1 WO2024022012 A1 WO 2024022012A1 CN 2023104249 W CN2023104249 W CN 2023104249W WO 2024022012 A1 WO2024022012 A1 WO 2024022012A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tag
message
positioning
information
access network
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/104249
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
廖婷
宗在峰
周晓云
郑小春
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024022012A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024022012A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular to positioning methods and devices.
  • Radio frequency identification (RFID) technology is an automatic identification technology that uses induction, radio waves or microwaves for non-contact two-way communication for the purpose of identification and data exchange.
  • RFID technology can be applied to the passive Internet of Things (PIoT), allowing tags (tags/labels) in PIoT to communicate with other devices after receiving external stimulation.
  • PIP passive Internet of Things
  • wireless communication systems such as the fifth generation (5G) system
  • PIoT fifth generation
  • the inventory capabilities of the card reader such as the ability to read, write, destroy or lock tags
  • the access network equipment can motivate and inventory tags.
  • the tag cannot be positioned, and the tracking and monitoring of the tag cannot be realized.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide positioning methods and devices, which can position tags or devices equipped with tags.
  • the first aspect provides a positioning method.
  • the communication device that executes the method can be a tag management function (TMF) network element; it can also be a module applied in the TMF network element, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • TMF tag management function
  • the following description takes the execution subject as the TMF network element as an example.
  • the method includes: obtaining positioning information, the positioning information including information of at least one tag; sending a first inventory request to a first access network device, the first inventory request being used to request an inventory of the at least one tag, the first The inventory request includes the information of the at least one tag, and the first access network device provides services for the at least one tag; obtains the location information of the at least one tag, or obtains the location information of the first device, and the first device is configured with The at least one label.
  • TMF tag management function
  • the TMF network element can obtain positioning information, trigger the first access network device to inventory at least one tag, so as to obtain the location information of at least one tag, and realize positioning of at least one tag, or, Obtain the location information of the first device where at least one tag is located to realize positioning of the first device. It can be understood that in the above process, the TMF network element can directly obtain the location information of at least one tag or the location information of the first device; or, the TMF network element first obtains the measurement results and obtains the location information of at least one tag based on the measurement results. or location information of the first device.
  • the positioning information also includes at least one of the following: positioning accuracy information, geographical area information of the first access network device, geographical area information of at least one tag, service type information, positioning Cycle information or associated identifiers.
  • the positioning information may also include positioning accuracy information, geographical area information of the first access network device, geographical area information of at least one tag, service type information, positioning period information or associated identification.
  • the TMF network element can determine whether a location management function (LMF) network element is needed to assist in positioning at least one tag based on the positioning accuracy information.
  • the TMF network element may determine the first access network device used to inventory the at least one tag based on the geographical area information of the first access network device and/or the geographical area information of the at least one tag.
  • the TMF may determine what kind of service to provide for at least one tag based on the service type information.
  • the TMF network element can determine how often to locate at least one tag based on the positioning period information.
  • the TMF network element can use the association identifier to identify related messages, so that the receiving end determines that the message is related to at least one tag.
  • the service type includes a single inventory, continuous inventory or periodic inventory
  • the association identifier is used to identify information related to the positioning and/or inventory of the at least one tag.
  • services such as single inventory, continuous inventory or periodic inventory can be provided for at least one tag.
  • Information related to the location and/or inventory of at least one tag may also be identified by an associated identification. It can be understood that when a single inventory service is provided for a tag, the location information of the tag can be obtained; when a continuous inventory service is provided for a tag, the location information of the tag can be obtained multiple times within a period of time to achieve Tracking and monitoring of the tag; when providing periodic inventory services for a tag, the location information of the tag can be obtained periodically to implement tracking and monitoring of the tag.
  • the at least one tag includes a first tag
  • the method further includes: sending a first positioning request to the LMF network element, the first positioning request being used to request positioning of the first tag, the The first positioning request includes the identification of the first tag.
  • the LMF network element can be triggered to locate the first tag to obtain the location information of the first tag.
  • the first positioning request further includes at least one of the following: type information of the first tag or service type information of the first tag.
  • the first positioning request may also include type information of the first tag and/or information of the service type of the first tag, in order to locate the first tag.
  • the type of the first tag may be determined based on the type information of the first tag, and the positioning may be performed in a manner suitable for the first tag based on the type of the first tag.
  • the service type of the first tag can be determined according to the information on the service type of the first tag, and corresponding services can be provided for the first tag.
  • sending the first positioning request to the LMF network element includes: periodically sending the first positioning request to the LMF network element.
  • the first tag can be positioned periodically to implement tracking and monitoring of the tag.
  • the at least one tag further includes a second tag
  • obtaining the location information of the first device includes: receiving the location information of the first device from the LMF network element, the location of the first device The information is obtained based on the location information of the first tag and the location information of the second tag.
  • the location information of the first device can be determined according to the location information of the first tag and the location information of the second tag.
  • the method further includes: sending a second positioning request to the LMF network element.
  • the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the second tag.
  • the second positioning request includes the second positioning request.
  • the label's identity is used to indicate whether the second positioning request is a position in the LMF network element.
  • the second tag can be positioned.
  • the at least one tag includes a first tag
  • obtaining the location information of the at least one tag includes: receiving a first measurement result from the first access network device, the first measurement result It is obtained by the first access network device during the inventory of the first tag, and the first measurement result is used to determine the location information of the first tag.
  • the first tag can be positioned according to the first measurement result obtained during the inventory of the first tag. At this time, in addition to the messages sent during the inventory process, the first tag does not need to send any more messages for measurement, which reduces the power consumption of the first tag.
  • the first measurement result includes at least one of the following: the identity of the first cell, the first time difference, the first phase information or the first angle information; the first cell is the first access The network device provides a serving cell for the first tag, and the first time difference is the time when the first access network device sends the first message to the first tag and the time when the first access network device receives the message from the first tag.
  • the time difference between the time of the second message, the first phase information is used to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the second message, or is used to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the first message and the carrier phase carrying the second message
  • the carrier phase of the signal, and the first angle information is used to indicate the arrival angle of the signal carrying the second message.
  • the first tag can be positioned according to the identity of the first cell, the first time difference, the first phase information or the first angle information.
  • the method further includes: sending the location information of the at least one tag to the application function network element and/or the network open function network element, or, sending the location information of the at least one tag to the application function network element and/or the network open function network element.
  • the element sends the location information of the first device.
  • the location information of at least one tag or the location information of the first device can be sent to the application function network element and/or the network open function network element, so that the application function network element and/or the network open function network element can use bits of at least one label location information or location information of the first device.
  • the at least one tag includes a first tag
  • the method further includes: sending a third message to the first tag, the third message being used to trigger the first tag to access the first tag.
  • the network device sends the fourth message, so that the first access network device measures the signal carrying the fourth message.
  • the first tag can be triggered to send the fourth message to the first access network device, so that the first access network device performs measurements based on the signal carrying the fourth message.
  • the third message is a selection message, a confirmation message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, a positioning message or a sequence number request message.
  • a selection message, a confirmation message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, a positioning message or a sequence number request message can trigger the first tag to access the first
  • the network device sends the fourth message, so that the first access network device performs measurement based on the signal carrying the fourth message.
  • obtaining the location information of the at least one tag includes: receiving the location information of the first tag from the LMF network element.
  • the location information of the first tag can be obtained from the location function management network element.
  • any one of the at least one tag is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • passive terminals or semi-passive terminals can be positioned.
  • a positioning method is provided.
  • the communication device that executes the method can be an LMF network element; it can also be a module applied in the LMF network element, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the following description takes the execution subject as the LMF network element as an example.
  • the method includes: receiving a first positioning request, the first positioning request being used to request positioning of a first tag, the first positioning request including an identification of the first tag; and sending a third positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the third positioning request is used to request positioning of the first tag, the third positioning request includes the identification of the first tag, and the first access network device provides services for the first tag; receiving from the first The second measurement result of the access network device, the second measurement result is used to determine the location information of the first tag.
  • the LMF network element can receive the first positioning request and send the third positioning request to the first access network device to trigger the first access network device to perform positioning measurement on the first tag, as follows:
  • the second measurement result is sent to the LMF network element, so that the LMF network element can locate the first tag according to the second measurement result.
  • the method further includes: sending a fourth positioning request to the second access network device, the fourth positioning request being used to request the second access network device to position the first tag, the The fourth positioning request includes the identification of the first tag; a third measurement result from the second access network device is received, and the third measurement result and the second measurement result are jointly used to determine the location information of the first tag.
  • the second access network device can also perform positioning measurement on the first tag and obtain the third measurement result, so that the LMF network element can position the first tag based on the second measurement result and the third measurement result. Get more accurate positioning results.
  • the first positioning request further includes at least one of the following: type information of the first tag or service type information of the first tag.
  • the first positioning request may also include type information of the first tag and/or information of the service type of the first tag, in order to locate the first tag.
  • the type of the first tag may be determined based on the type information of the first tag, and the positioning may be performed in a manner suitable for the first tag based on the type of the first tag.
  • the service type of the first tag can be determined according to the information on the service type of the first tag, and corresponding services can be provided for the first tag.
  • the third positioning request further includes at least one of the following: positioning measurement method information, type information of the first tag, or service type information of the first tag.
  • the third positioning request also includes one or more of information on the positioning measurement method, type information of the first tag, or information on the service type of the first tag, so as to conduct the first tag operation on the first tag. position.
  • the positioning measurement method can be determined based on the information about the positioning measurement method, and the positioning measurement method can be used to perform positioning measurement.
  • the type of the first tag may be determined according to the type information of the first tag, and the positioning may be performed in a manner suitable for the first tag according to the type of the first tag.
  • the service type of the first tag can be determined according to the information on the service type of the first tag, and corresponding services can be provided for the first tag.
  • the positioning measurement method includes angle measurement, phase measurement, signal strength measurement, multi-antenna measurement, fingerprint positioning measurement or multi-tag assisted positioning measurement.
  • positioning measurement can be carried out in a variety of ways, which increases the flexibility and diversity of positioning measurement. sex.
  • the second measurement result is measured by the first access network device using the positioning measurement method.
  • the LMF network element can indicate the positioning measurement method, so that the first access network device can use the appropriate positioning measurement method to perform positioning measurement.
  • sending the second positioning request to the first access network device includes: periodically sending the second positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the first tag can be positioned periodically to implement tracking and monitoring of the tag.
  • the method further includes: sending the location information of the first tag to the TMF network element.
  • the location information of the first label can be sent to the TMF network element, so that the TMF network element sends the location information of the first label to the application function network element.
  • the method further includes: receiving a second positioning request, the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the second tag, the second positioning request includes an identification of the second tag; and
  • the first access network device sends a fifth positioning request.
  • the fifth request is used to request positioning of the second tag.
  • the fifth positioning request includes the identification of the second tag.
  • the first access network device also sends the fifth positioning request.
  • the second tag provides services; and receives a fourth measurement result from the first access network device, where the fourth measurement result is used to determine the location information of the second tag.
  • the second positioning request can also be received, and a fifth positioning request can be sent to the first access network device to trigger the first access network device to perform positioning measurement on the second tag to obtain a fourth measurement result. , and sends the fourth measurement result to the LMF network element, so that the LMF network element can locate the second tag based on the fourth measurement result.
  • the method further includes: sending the location information of the first device to the TMF network element.
  • the first tag and the second tag are set on the first device.
  • the location information of the first device is Obtained based on the location information of the first tag and the location information of the second tag.
  • the location information of the first device can be sent to the TMF network element, so that the label management network element sends the location information of the first device to the application function network element.
  • the location information of the first device is an average of the location information of the first tag and the location information of the second tag.
  • the location information of the first tag and the location information of the second tag can be averaged to obtain the location information of the first device, making the location information of the first device more accurate.
  • the method further includes: receiving positioning assistance information from the first access network device, where the positioning assistance information includes at least one of the following: location information of the first access network device, the Height information of the first access network device or information of at least one positioning measurement method supported by the first access network device.
  • positioning assistance information can be obtained from the first access network device to assist in positioning the first tag.
  • the tag can be positioned in combination with the location information of the first access network device; or the tag can be positioned in combination with the location information of the first access network device and the height information of the first access network device; or, the tag can be positioned based on The positioning measurement method supported by the first access network device determines the positioning measurement method to be used.
  • the first tag is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • passive terminals or semi-passive terminals can be positioned.
  • the second tag is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • passive terminals or semi-passive terminals can be positioned.
  • a positioning method is provided.
  • the communication device that executes the method may be a first access network device; it may also be a module applied in the first access network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the following description takes the execution subject as the first access network device as an example.
  • the method includes: receiving a first inventory request, the first inventory request is used to request inventory of at least one tag, the first inventory request includes information of the at least one tag, and the at least one tag includes a first tag; A tag sends a first message; receives a second message from the first tag; and sends a first measurement result, and the first measurement result is used to determine the location information of the first tag.
  • the first access network device can receive the first inventory request, inventory the first tag according to the first inventory request, and obtain the first measurement result. In this way, the first access network device can perform the first measurement based on the first measurement result. label for positioning.
  • the method further includes: receiving a third positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • the third positioning request is used to request positioning of the first tag.
  • the third positioning request includes the first tag. The label's identity.
  • the first access network device can locate the first tag according to the third positioning request.
  • the third positioning request further includes at least one of the following: positioning measurement method information, type information of the first tag, or service type information of the first tag.
  • the third positioning request also includes one or more of information on the positioning measurement method, type information of the first tag, or information on the service type of the first tag, so as to conduct the first tag operation on the first tag. position.
  • the positioning measurement method can be determined based on the information about the positioning measurement method, and the positioning measurement method can be used to perform positioning measurement.
  • the type of the first tag may be determined according to the type information of the first tag, and the positioning may be performed in a manner suitable for the first tag according to the type of the first tag.
  • the service type of the first tag can be determined according to the information on the service type of the first tag, and corresponding services can be provided for the first tag.
  • the first measurement result is measured by the first access network device using the measurement method indicated by the information of the positioning measurement method.
  • the first access network device can perform positioning measurement according to the positioning measurement method indicated by the LMF network element.
  • receiving the first positioning request from the LMF network element includes: periodically receiving the third positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • the first access network device can periodically locate the first tag to implement tracking and monitoring of the tag.
  • the first measurement result includes at least one of the following: the identity of the first cell, the first time difference, the first phase information or the first angle information; the first cell is the first access
  • the network device provides a serving cell for the first tag, and the first time difference is the time when the first access network device sends the first message to the first tag and the time when the first access network device receives the message from the first tag.
  • the time difference between the time of the second message of the tag, the first phase information is used to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the second message, or is used to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the first message and the carrier phase of the signal carrying the second message.
  • the carrier phase of the signal of the second message, the first angle information is used to indicate the angle of arrival of the signal carrying the second message.
  • the first access network device can obtain the identity of the first cell, the first time difference, the first phase information or the first angle information in order to locate the first tag.
  • the at least one tag further includes a second tag
  • the method further includes: sending a fifth message to the second tag; receiving a sixth message from the second tag; and sending a fourth measurement result.
  • the fourth measurement result is used to determine the location information of the second tag.
  • the first access network device can also perform positioning measurement on the second tag, obtain the fourth measurement result, and send the fourth measurement result to other devices, so that the other devices can perform positioning measurement on the second tag based on the fourth measurement result. Two labels for positioning.
  • the method further includes: receiving a fifth positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • the fifth positioning request is used to request positioning of the second tag.
  • the fifth positioning request includes the second tag. The label's identity.
  • the first access network device may locate the second tag according to the fifth positioning request.
  • the fifth positioning request further includes at least one of the following: positioning measurement method information, type information of the second tag, or service type information of the second tag.
  • the fifth positioning request also includes one or more of information on the positioning measurement method, type information of the second tag, or information on the service type of the second tag, so as to conduct the processing on the second tag. position.
  • the positioning measurement method can be determined based on the information about the positioning measurement method, and the positioning measurement method can be used to perform positioning measurement.
  • the type of the second tag may be determined according to the type information of the second tag, and the positioning may be performed in a manner suitable for the second tag according to the type of the second tag.
  • the service type of the second tag can be determined according to the information on the service type of the second tag, and corresponding services can be provided for the second tag.
  • the fourth measurement result is measured by the first access network device using the positioning measurement method indicated by the fifth positioning request.
  • the first access network device can perform positioning measurement according to the positioning measurement method indicated by the LMF network element.
  • the positioning measurement method includes angle measurement, phase measurement, signal strength measurement, multi-day Line measurement, fingerprint positioning measurement or multi-label assisted positioning measurement.
  • the first access network device can use multiple methods to perform positioning measurement, which increases the flexibility and diversity of positioning measurement.
  • the method further includes: sending positioning assistance information to the LMF network element, where the positioning assistance information includes at least one of the following: location information of the first access network device, location information of the first access network The height information of the device or the information of at least one positioning measurement method supported by the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may send positioning assistance information to the LMF network element, so that the LMF network element assists in positioning the first tag.
  • the LMF network element can be caused to combine the location information of the first access network device to locate the tag; or the LMF network element can be caused to combine the location information of the first access network device and the height information of the first access network device to locate the tag.
  • Tags are used for positioning; or, the LMF network element can be caused to determine the positioning measurement method to be used based on the positioning measurement method supported by the first access network device.
  • the first message is a selection message, a confirmation message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, or a sequence number request message.
  • the first tag is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • passive terminals or semi-passive terminals can be positioned.
  • the second tag is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • passive terminals or semi-passive terminals can be positioned.
  • a fourth aspect provides a communication method.
  • the communication device that executes the method may be a first tag; it may also be a module applied in the first tag, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the following description takes the execution subject as the first tag as an example, and the first tag is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • the method includes: receiving a first message, the first message being used to trigger the first tag to reflect or reply to the received message; sending a second message to the first access network device, carrying a signal of the second message Used for the first access network device to perform positioning measurements.
  • the first message can be used to trigger the first tag to send the second message, so that the first access network device performs positioning measurement according to the signal carrying the second message to achieve positioning of the first tag.
  • the method further includes: switching the switch in the first tag to the first position according to the first message, so that the first tag directly reflects the received message, that is, Reflect the signal carrying the message directly.
  • the first tag can be placed in reflective mode.
  • the first tag may not parse the received message, but directly reflect the received signal to reduce communication delay and reduce power consumption of the first tag.
  • the first message is a selection message, a confirmation message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, a positioning message or a sequence number request message.
  • multiple types of messages can be used to trigger the first tag to reflect or reply to the received message. It can be understood that when the first message is a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflection signal, the first tag, after receiving the first message, switches the switch to the reflection position, such as the first position, so that the first tag directly Reflect the received signal. In this case, the second message is the reflected signal.
  • the second message is a reflection message of the first message, or the second message carries the identity of the first tag, a random number, a sequence number, a check code, a random number-like information, serial number-like information or checksum-like information.
  • the first access network device can reflect the first message, or carry the identity of the first tag, a random number, a sequence number, a check code, information similar to a random number, or a similar sequence number. information or information similar to a check code to perform positioning measurements, thereby achieving positioning of the first tag.
  • the first message is a selection message, a confirmation message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a positioning message or a sequence number request message
  • the second message is an identifier, a random number, and a sequence number carrying the first tag.
  • check code random number-like information, serial number-like information or check code-like information.
  • receiving the first message includes: receiving the first message from a core network element; or receiving the first message from the first access network device.
  • either the core network device or the first access network device can trigger the first tag to reflect or reply to the received message.
  • the core network element is an access and mobility management function network element, an LMF network element or a TMF network element.
  • the access and mobility management function network element, LMF network element or TMF network element can trigger the first tag to reflect or reply to the received message.
  • a communication device which can be used to implement the above method.
  • the communication device may be the TMF network element in the first aspect, or a device including the TMF network element; or, the communication device may be the LMF network element in the second aspect, or a device including the LMF; or, The communication device may be the first access network device in the third aspect, or a device including the first access network device; or the communication device may be the first tag in the fourth aspect, or include the above First label device.
  • the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method.
  • the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the transceiver module can be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the communication device further includes a processing module.
  • the processing module can be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the processing module may be, for example, a processor.
  • a sixth aspect provides a communication device, including: a processor; the processor is configured to be coupled to a memory, and after reading instructions in the memory, execute the method as described in any of the above aspects according to the instructions.
  • the communication device may be the TMF network element in the first aspect, or a device including the TMF network element; or, the communication device may be the LMF network element in the second aspect, or a device including the LMF network element; Alternatively, the communication device may be the first access network device in the third aspect, or a device including the first access network device; or the communication device may be the first tag in the fourth aspect, or A device containing the above-mentioned first tag.
  • the communication device further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device when it is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a communication device including: a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is used to receive a computer program or instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor is used to execute the computer program or instructions to enable the communication
  • the device performs the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device when it is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided. Instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when run on a computer, the computer can perform the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • a ninth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • a tenth aspect provides a communication system, which includes a TMF network element for performing the method described in the first aspect, an LMF network element used for performing the method described in the second aspect, and a The first access network device that performs the method described in the third aspect.
  • the communication system further includes a first tag for performing the method described in the fourth aspect above.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a label provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2A is a schematic diagram of the communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2B is a schematic diagram 2 of the communication system architecture provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2C is a schematic diagram three of the communication system architecture provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2D is a schematic diagram of the 5G architecture provided by the embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart 1 of the positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart 2 of the positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart three of the positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart 4 of the positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart 5 of the positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart 6 of the positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram three of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • inventory can also be called inventory or have other names. It is an operation performed by the card reader on the tag, such as reading, writing, destroying, locking or obtaining the tag's identification, verification code or serial number, etc. Operations used to determine label identification, etc.
  • the card reader may also be called a tag reader, reader or reader/writer, etc., and is a device capable of acquiring and processing tag data.
  • the card reader can send radio frequency signals to the tag through the built-in antenna to query or write data to the tag, or to cause the tag to return reflected signals.
  • the card reader can be integrated into a network element in the wireless communication system, for example, into an access network device, so that the access network device has inventory capabilities.
  • the tag may also be called an electronic tag, an RFID tag, an RFID electronic tag or a radio frequency card, etc., and can respond to radio frequency signals sent by other devices.
  • Labels can carry logos.
  • the tags are active tags, passive tags, semi-passive tags, etc.
  • the source can refer to the power supply.
  • the active tag has an internal power supply module, which can independently detect the signal of the card reader and actively transmit the signal at any time to send the information stored in the tag to the reader.
  • Active tags may also be called active terminals.
  • the passive tag does not have an internal power supply module and does not require additional energy supply. It can send and receive information by collecting energy (such as collecting energy through backscattering technology).
  • Passive tags include but are not limited to RFID passive tags, Bluetooth passive tags, passive IoT terminals, ambient IoT terminals or Zigbee passive tags, etc. Passive tags can also be called passive terminals.
  • a semi-passive tag can also be called a semi-active tag, a semi-passive terminal or a semi-active terminal, etc.
  • the internal power supply module is usually not used to send radio frequency signals. , but to provide voltage to circuits inside the tag that need power to maintain data, or to maintain the work of the chip in the tag.
  • semi-passive tags are In the dormant state, it does not work and does not send radio frequency signals to the outside. It is equivalent to a passive tag. Its internal power supply module consumes very little energy, so the power supply module of some semi-passive tags can remain effective for several years.
  • the semi-passive tag When the semi-passive tag enters the signal range of the card reader, the semi-passive tag is stimulated by the radio frequency signal sent by the card reader, and then is activated and enters the working state, and the relationship between the semi-passive tag and the card reader is
  • the energy support for information exchange is mainly based on the radio frequency energy supplied by the card reader.
  • the tag may be in normal reply mode or reflection mode.
  • the tag in normal reply mode receives the radio frequency signal, it parses and processes the signal. For example, after parsing, a string of random numbers (random or pseudo-random number, RN), serial number (SN), or acknowledgment (ACK) messages are replied.
  • RN random or pseudo-random number
  • SN serial number
  • ACK acknowledgment
  • a tag in reflection mode receives a radio frequency signal, it does not need to analyze it, but directly reflects and replies to the received radio frequency signal.
  • the tag includes an antenna for transmitting and receiving signals, an energy harvesting module (such as an energy harvester) connected to the antenna, and a switch.
  • the switch can be placed in position 1 or position 2.
  • the switch is connected to a decoding module (such as an information decoder), which is used to parse the received signal.
  • a modulation module such as a variable impedance
  • the decoding module and modulation module can also be combined with a control module such as a microcontroller
  • control module can control the decoding module to analyze the signal, and can also control the modulation module to modulate the signal and transmit the modulated signal through the antenna.
  • the tag shown in Figure 1 can receive excitation from a radio frequency signal through an antenna and enter a working state.
  • the switch When the switch is placed in position 1, the tag is in normal reply mode and the signal can be parsed by the decoding module.
  • the switch When the switch is in position 2, the tag is in reflective mode and can reply with a signal directly through the modulation module without parsing the received signal.
  • the tag shown in Figure 1 also includes a battery, which is used to obtain the energy of the radio frequency signal through the energy collection module and provide energy to the decoding module and the control module.
  • Figure 1 is only a schematic diagram of the label. In actual applications, the tag may include fewer or more modules than shown in Figure 1 without limitation.
  • the tag can also be any device with wireless transceiver functions, such as a terminal.
  • Terminals can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); they can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons, satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal may also be called a terminal device, and the terminal device may be a user equipment (UE), where the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device or a computing device with wireless communication functions.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with wireless transceiver functions.
  • the terminal device can also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in driverless driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, or a smart device.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • labels can also be in other forms.
  • the label can also be an identifier that uses a graphic to mark information, such as a barcode or a QR code, without limitation.
  • the access network device is any device that has wireless transceiver functions and has the function of a card reader.
  • Access network equipment includes but is not limited to evolutionary base stations (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutionary Node B) in long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), base stations (gNodeB or gNB) or transmission and reception point (transmission receiving point/transmission reception point, TRP), the base station of the subsequent evolution of the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP), the access node in the WiFi system, the wireless relay node, the wireless Backhaul nodes, etc.
  • the base station can be: macro base station, micro base station, pico base station, small station, relay station, or balloon station, etc.
  • the access network device can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario.
  • the access network equipment may also be a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (DU).
  • the access network device can also be a server, wearable device, machine communication device, or vehicle-mounted device, etc.
  • positioning measurement methods may include angle measurement, phase measurement, signal strength measurement, multi-antenna measurement, One or more of fingerprint positioning measurement or multi-tag assisted positioning measurement. Detailed introduction is given below.
  • Angle measurement may refer to the access network device measuring the angle of arrival of the signal sent by the tag. Subsequently, core network equipment, such as tag management function (TMF) network elements or location management function (LMF) network elements, can combine the arrival angles measured by multiple access network devices to determine the tag's Location. This signal can carry messages sent by the tag to the access network device.
  • TMF tag management function
  • LMF location management function
  • Phase measurement can refer to the access network device measuring the carrier phase of the signal sent by the tag when it is received. Subsequently, core network equipment, such as TMF network elements or LMF network elements, can combine the carrier phases measured by multiple access network equipment to determine the location of the tag. This signal can carry messages sent by the tag to the access network device.
  • core network equipment such as TMF network elements or LMF network elements
  • Signal strength measurement may refer to the access network device measuring the strength of the received signal from the tag. Subsequently, core network equipment, such as TMF network elements or LMF network elements, can combine the strength of signals from the tag measured by multiple access network devices to determine the location of the tag.
  • core network equipment such as TMF network elements or LMF network elements
  • Multi-antenna measurement may refer to the access network device measuring the characteristic information of the signal from the tag through multiple antennas, such as the arrival angle of the signal and/or the carrier phase of the signal, etc. Subsequently, core network equipment, such as TMF network elements or LMF network elements, can determine the location of the tag by combining the characteristic information measured by multiple antennas, as well as the deployment distances and/or deployment angles of the multiple antennas.
  • the above signals can carry messages sent by tags to access network equipment.
  • Fingerprint positioning measurement can refer to the access network device measuring the characteristic information of the signal from the tag, such as: the angle of arrival of the signal, and/or the carrier phase of the signal, and/or the strength of the received signal, etc. Subsequently, core network equipment, such as TMF network elements or LMF network elements, can determine the location of the tag based on the measured characteristic information and the correspondence between the characteristic information and the location information obtained in advance.
  • core network equipment such as TMF network elements or LMF network elements
  • the core network device can obtain the corresponding relationship between the characteristic information and the location information in advance. , the position information corresponding to angle of arrival 1 and carrier phase 1 is determined as the position information of the tag.
  • Multi-tag assisted measurement may refer to the access network equipment measuring the characteristic information of signals from multiple tags set on the device, such as: the angle of arrival of the signal and/or the carrier phase of the signal, etc. Subsequently, core network equipment, such as TMF network elements or LMF network elements, can combine the measured characteristic information to determine the location information of multiple tags, and determine the location of the device based on the location information of multiple tags.
  • core network equipment such as TMF network elements or LMF network elements
  • the communication system can be an LTE system, a 5G communication system, a WiFi system, a 3GPP-related communication system, a future evolving communication system (such as a sixth generation (6G) communication system, etc.), or the integration of multiple systems systems, etc., are not restricted.
  • 5G can also be called new radio (NR).
  • Figures 2A-2D are only schematic diagrams and do not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solution provided by this application.
  • the communication system 20 may include a TMF network element 201, an access network device 202 that can communicate with the TMF network element 201, and a tag 203 that can communicate with the access network device 202.
  • tags and access network equipment please refer to the previous description of the technical terms involved in this application.
  • the communication system 20 also includes an LMF network element 206 that can communicate with the TMF network element 201 and the access network device 202, and/or a tag 204 that can communicate with the access network device 202.
  • LMF network element 206 that can communicate with the TMF network element 201 and the access network device 202
  • tag 204 that can communicate with the access network device 202.
  • tag 203 and tag 204 can be provided on a device (such as device 205).
  • the device on which the tag is set for example, the device 205
  • the device 205 can be any object or equipment, including but not limited to: a terminal, a shelf or a package, etc.
  • the TMF network element may also have other names, or may be any existing network element without limitation.
  • the TMF network element 201 may obtain positioning information including information on at least one tag, and send a first inventory request including information on at least one tag to the access network device 202.
  • at least one tag includes tag 203
  • the first inventory request may be used to request inventory of at least one tag.
  • the access network device 202 can inventory the tag 203, obtain the first measurement result during the inventory process, and send the first measurement result to the TMF network element 201, so that the TMF network element 201 can perform the inventory according to the first measurement request.
  • a measurement result determines the location information of the tag 203 to achieve positioning of the tag 203, or the TMF network element 201 determines the location information of the device 205 based on the first measurement result to achieve positioning of the device 205.
  • the TMF network element 201 can obtain positioning information including information of at least one tag, trigger the access network device 202 to inventory the tag 203, and measure the signal carrying the message from the tag 203 (or positioning measurement ), and sends the second measurement result to the LMF network element 206.
  • at least one tag includes tag 203.
  • the LMF network element 206 can determine the location information of the tag 203 based on the second measurement result to achieve positioning of the tag 203, or can determine the location information of the device 205 based on the second measurement result to achieve positioning. Positioning of device 205.
  • the above process will be specifically explained in the embodiment shown in Figure 5 and will not be described again.
  • the communication system 21 may include an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element 211, an access network device 212 that can communicate with the AMF network element 211, and an access network device that can communicate with the access network element 211.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • 212 Labels for communication 213.
  • tags and access network equipment please refer to the previous description of the technical terms involved in this application.
  • the AMF network element 211 can assume the functions of the TMF network element in Figure 2A.
  • the communication system 21 also includes an LMF network element 216 that can communicate with the AMF network element 211, and/or a tag 214 that can communicate with the access network device 212.
  • tag 213 and tag 214 may be provided on a device (such as device 215).
  • a device such as device 215.
  • device 215 For the introduction of the device 215, reference may be made to the description of the device 205 in FIG. 2A.
  • the AMF network element 211 may obtain positioning information including information on at least one tag, and send a first inventory request including information on at least one tag to the access network device 212 .
  • at least one tag includes tag 213, and the first inventory request may be used to request inventory of at least one tag.
  • the access network device 212 can inventory the tags 213, obtain the first measurement result during the inventory process, and send the first measurement result to the AMF network element 211, so that the AMF network element 211 can perform an inventory according to the first inventory request.
  • a measurement result determines the location information of the tag 213 to achieve positioning of the tag 213, or the AMF network element 211 determines the location information of the device 215 based on the first measurement result to achieve positioning of the device 215.
  • the AMF network element 211 can obtain the positioning information including the information of at least one tag, trigger the access network device 212 to inventory the tag 213, measure the signal carrying the message from the tag 213, and obtain the measured
  • the second measurement result is sent to the LMF network element 216.
  • at least one tag includes tag 213.
  • the LMF network element 216 can determine the location information of the tag 213 based on the second measurement result to achieve positioning of the tag 213, or can determine the location information of the device 215 based on the second measurement result to achieve positioning. Positioning of device 215.
  • the above process will be specifically explained in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 and will not be described again here.
  • the communication system 22 may include an LMF network element 221, an access network device 222 that can communicate with the LMF network element 221, and a tag 223 that can communicate with the access network device 222.
  • LMF network element 221 can assume the functions of the TMF network element in Figure 2A and the function of locating tags.
  • the communication system 22 also includes a tag 224 that can communicate with the access network device 222.
  • tag 223 and tag 224 may be provided on a device (such as device 225).
  • a device such as device 225.
  • the introduction of the device 225 please refer to the description of the device 205 in FIG. 2A.
  • the LMF network element 221 may obtain positioning information including information on at least one tag, and send a first inventory request including information on at least one tag to the access network device 222.
  • at least one tag includes tag 223, and the first inventory request may be used to request inventory of at least one tag.
  • the access network device 222 can inventory the tags 223, obtain the first measurement result during the inventory process, and send the first measurement result to the LMF network element 221, so that the LMF network element 221 can perform an inventory according to the first inventory request.
  • a measurement result determines the location information of the tag 223 to achieve positioning of the tag 223, or the LMF network element 221 determines the location information of the device 225 based on the first measurement result to achieve positioning of the device 225.
  • the LMF network element 221 can obtain the positioning information including the information of at least one tag, trigger the access network device 222 to inventory the tag 223, measure the signal carrying the message from the tag 203, and obtain the measured The second measurement result is sent to the LMF network element 221. After receiving the second measurement result, the LMF network element 221 can determine the location information of the tag 223 based on the second measurement result to achieve positioning of the tag 223, or can determine the location of the device 225 based on the second measurement result. location information to achieve positioning of the device 225. The above process will be specifically explained in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 and will not be described again.
  • FIGS. 2A-2C are only used as examples and are not used to limit the technical solutions of the present application. Persons skilled in the art should understand that during the specific implementation process, any of the above communication systems may also include other equipment, and the TMF network element, AMF network element, LMF network element, access network equipment, etc. may also be determined according to specific needs. The number of tags or devices, etc., is not limited.
  • any of the above communication systems may be applicable to the 5G network currently being discussed, or may be applicable to the 4G network or other future networks, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the access network device in the above communication system may be the access network device in the 5G network shown in Figure 2D.
  • the network elements or entities corresponding to the above labels may be labels in the 5G network shown in Figure 2D.
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the above-mentioned LMF network element may be the LMF network element in the 5G network shown in Figure 2D.
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the above TMF network element may be the TMF network element in the 5G network shown in Figure 2D.
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the above AMF network element may be the AMF network element in the 5G network shown in Figure 2D.
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the above device may be a device in the 5G network shown in Figure 2D.
  • the 5G network may also include session management function (SMF) network elements, user plane function (UPF) network elements, and network exposure function (NEF) Network elements and application function (AF) network elements, etc.
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • AF application function
  • the AMF network element, SMF network element, UPF network element, NEF network element or AF network element can also have the following functions:
  • AMF network elements can perform mobility management, access authentication/authorization and other functions.
  • SMF network elements can be used for session management, Internet protocol (IP) address allocation and management of user equipment, selecting endpoints for manageable user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink data notifications, etc.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • the UPF network element can be used as an interface with the data network to complete functions such as user plane data forwarding, session/flow-level accounting statistics, and bandwidth limitation. That is, packet routing and forwarding and quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data, etc.
  • QoS quality of service
  • NEF network elements can be used to expose the services and capabilities of 3GPP network functions to AF network elements, and also allow AF network elements to provide information to 3GPP network functions.
  • AF can represent the application function of a third party or operator. It is the interface for the 5G mobile communication system to obtain external application data. It is mainly used to convey the needs of the application side to the network side.
  • each network element or device (such as TMF network element, LMF network element, AMF network element, access network device or label, etc.) in Figure 2A- Figure 2C in the embodiment of this application can also be called a communication device. It may be a general-purpose device or a special-purpose device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • each network element or device (such as TMF network element, LMF network element, AMF network element, access network device or label, etc.) in Figures 2A-2C in the embodiment of this application can be implemented by one device. , can also be implemented by multiple devices, or can be implemented by one or more functional modules in one device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. It can be understood that the above functions can be either network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or virtualization instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform) Function.
  • a platform for example, a cloud platform
  • each network element or device in Figures 2A-2C in the embodiment of the present application can be used as shown in Figure 3
  • the composition structure or includes the components shown in Figure 3.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device applicable to embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 30 includes at least one processor 301 and at least one communication interface 304, which are used to implement the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 30 may also include a communication line 302 and a memory 303 .
  • the processor 301 can be a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more processors used to control the execution of the program of the present application. integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • Communication line 302 may include a path, such as a bus, that carries information between the above-mentioned components.
  • Communication interface 304 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks.
  • the communication interface 304 can be any device such as a transceiver, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN) interface, a wireless local area networks (WLAN) interface, a transceiver, and pins , bus, or transceiver circuit, etc.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • the memory 303 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other device that can store static information and instructions.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • optical disc storage including compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.
  • magnetic disk storage media or other Magnetic storage device or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 301 through a communication line 302 .
  • the memory 303 may also be integrated with the processor 301.
  • the memory provided by the embodiments of the present application may generally be non-volatile.
  • the memory 303 is used to store computer execution instructions involved in executing the solutions provided by the embodiments of this application, and the processor 301 controls the execution.
  • the processor 301 is used to execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303, thereby implementing the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 301 may also perform processing-related functions in the methods provided in the following embodiments of the present application, and the communication interface 304 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks. This application implements The example does not specifically limit this.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be called application codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3 .
  • the communication device 30 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 301 and the processor 305 in FIG. 3 . Each of these processors may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.
  • a processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • composition structure shown in Figure 3 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or less components than shown in the figure, or a combination of certain components. components, or different component arrangements.
  • A/B may indicate A or B; "and/or” may be used to describe There are three relationships between associated objects.
  • a and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone.
  • a and B can be singular or plural.
  • expressions similar to "at least one of A, B and C" or "at least one of A, B or C” are often used to mean any of the following: A alone; B alone; alone C exists; A and B exist simultaneously; A and C exist simultaneously; B and C exist simultaneously; A, B, and C exist simultaneously.
  • the above is an example of three elements A, B and C to illustrate the optional items of this project. When there are more elements in the expression, the meaning of the expression can be obtained according to the aforementioned rules.
  • words such as “first” and “second” may be used to distinguish technical features with the same or similar functions.
  • the words “first”, “second” and other words do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words “first” and “second” do not limit the number and execution order.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to express examples, illustrations or illustrations, and any embodiment or design solution described as “exemplary” or “for example” shall not be interpreted. To be more preferred or advantageous than other embodiments or designs.
  • the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner that is easier to understand.
  • an embodiment means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic associated with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, various embodiments are not necessarily referred to the same embodiment throughout this specification. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It can be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of each process does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be determined by the execution order of the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.
  • TMF network elements can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiment of the present application. These steps are only examples.
  • the present application Embodiments may also perform other steps or variations of various steps.
  • various steps may be performed in a different order than those presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all the steps in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the positioning method may include the following steps:
  • the TMF network element obtains positioning information.
  • the TMF network element may be the TMF network element 201 in Figure 2A.
  • the positioning information may include information of at least one tag.
  • At least one tag may include any one or more tags.
  • the at least one tag includes tag 203 and/or tag 204 in Figure 2A.
  • the information of at least one tag may include the identification of at least one tag or the group object of at least one tag.
  • the set of objects may be mask information of the at least one tag. The mask information is matched with the identifier of the tag to obtain the identifier interval to be located or inventoried.
  • the ID of at least one tag is within this ID range.
  • the positioning information includes the identification of the tag 203, such as the electronic product code (EPC) of the tag 203. If at least one tag includes tag 203 and tag 204, the positioning information includes mask information of tag 203 and tag 204. After matching the mask information with the identifier of the tag 203 and the identifier of the tag 204, the identifier interval 1 can be obtained. The identifier interval 1 includes the identifier of the tag 203 and the identifier of the tag 204.
  • EPC electronic product code
  • At least one tag is set on a device, such as the first device.
  • at least one label is set on a different device.
  • At least one tag includes tag 203 and tag 204, and tag 203 and tag 204 are provided on device 205.
  • device 205 is the first device.
  • the at least one tag includes tag 1 to tag 3, where tag 1 is provided on the device 1, and tag 2 and tag 3 are provided on the device 2.
  • the positioning information also includes first information.
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: positioning accuracy information, geographical area information of the first access network device, geographical area information where at least one tag is located, service type information, positioning cycle information, or association identification.
  • the first information corresponding to different tags may be the same or different. If the first information corresponding to different tags in at least one tag is the same, the positioning information includes one first information or multiple first information. If the first information corresponding to different tags in at least one tag is different, then the positioning information The information includes a plurality of first information.
  • the first information includes positioning accuracy information and service type information
  • the at least one tag includes tag 1 and tag 2. If the positioning information includes the group object of tag 1 and tag 2 and the first information, then the first information corresponding to tag 1 and the first information corresponding to tag 2 are the same, that is, the positioning accuracy information corresponding to tag 1 is the positioning accuracy corresponding to tag 2
  • the information is the same, and the service type information corresponding to tag 1 is the same as the service type information corresponding to tag 2.
  • the positioning information includes the identification of tag 1, the first information corresponding to tag 1, the identification of tag 2, and the first information corresponding to tag 2, then the first information corresponding to tag 1 and the first information corresponding to tag 2 may be the same. different.
  • the positioning accuracy information may be used to indicate the positioning accuracy.
  • the positioning accuracy information includes an identification of the positioning accuracy it indicates.
  • positioning accuracy can be divided based on different requirements.
  • positioning accuracy includes decimeter-level positioning accuracy, 1-meter-level positioning accuracy, or 10-meter-level positioning accuracy.
  • the positioning error corresponding to decimeter-level positioning accuracy is less than or equal to 1 decimeter/10 decimeter/100 decimeter.
  • the positioning error corresponding to the positioning accuracy of 1 meter is less than or equal to 1 meter.
  • the positioning error corresponding to the positioning accuracy of 10 meters is less than or equal to 10 meters.
  • positioning accuracy includes high-precision positioning or low-precision positioning. The specific positioning accuracy requirements corresponding to high-precision positioning and low-precision positioning can be set as needed.
  • the geographical area information of the first access network device or the geographical area information of at least one tag may be used to indicate the geographical area of the first access network device.
  • the first access network device is an access network device to which at least one label belongs, that is, the first access network device can provide services for at least one label.
  • the first access network device is the access network device 202 in FIG. 2A and can provide at least one of the following services for the tag 203 and/or the tag 204: providing energy, providing information forwarding services, or performing signal analysis and processing.
  • the geographical area information of the first access network device may include the longitude and latitude of the location of the first access network device, and the regional identifier of the area where the first access network device is located (such as: **Province**City* The identification of ** Road in * District, or the identification of Unit ** in Building **, Building **, Road **, District **, City **, province **), the tracking area identity (TAI) of the first access network equipment ) or the tracking area list (TAL) of the first access network device.
  • the regional identifier of the area where the first access network device is located such as: **Province**City* The identification of ** Road in * District, or the identification of Unit ** in Building **, Building **, Road **, District **, City **, province **
  • TAI tracking area identity
  • TAL tracking area list
  • the geographical area information where at least one tag is located may include the longitude and latitude of the location where at least one tag is located, and the regional identifier of the area where at least one tag is located (such as: **Province**City**District* *Road identification, or identification of **Unit **Room **Building **Road **District **Province** City**), the TAI of the first access network device that provides services for at least one tag, or for at least one The tag is the TAL of the first access network device that provides services.
  • the TMF network element can determine the first access network device based on the geographical area information of the first access network device and/or the geographical area information where at least one tag is located, and trigger the first access network device to modify the at least one tag.
  • Conduct inventory and location measurements In the embodiment of the present application, positioning measurement and measurement are interchangeable.
  • the service type information can be used to indicate the service type, such as: single inventory, continuous inventory or periodic inventory.
  • the service type information may include an identification of the service type it indicates.
  • the single inventory may instruct the first access network device to inventory at least one tag once.
  • the continuous inventory may instruct the first access network device to inventory at least one tag multiple times within a period of time.
  • the periodic inventory may instruct the first access network device to periodically inventory the at least one tag.
  • the positioning period information may indicate the period for positioning at least one tag.
  • the association identifier may be used to identify information related to the positioning and/or inventory of at least one tag.
  • the TMF network element can obtain positioning information from other network elements, such as AF network elements.
  • the AF network element may be the AF network element in Figure 2D.
  • the TMF network element receives positioning information from the AF network element through the NEF network element.
  • the NEF network element may be the NEF network element in Figure 2D.
  • the AF network element can send positioning information to the NEF network element.
  • the NEF network element can directly send the positioning information to the TMF network element, that is, the AF network element transparently transmits the positioning information to the TMF network element through the NEF network element.
  • the NEF network element converts the information in the positioning information into information that can be recognized by the TMF network element, and sends the converted information to the TMF network element.
  • the AF network element sends pre-conversion positioning information to the NEF network element, where the positioning information includes at least one tag information and the longitude and latitude of the location of the first access network device.
  • the NEF network element receives the positioning information before conversion, converts the longitude and latitude of the first access network device into the TAI/TAL/eNodeB ID of the first access network device, and sends the positioning information to the TMF network element.
  • the information includes at least one tag information and the TAI/TAL/eNodeB ID of the first access network device.
  • the AF network element sends pre-conversion positioning information to the NEF network element, where the positioning information includes at least one label information and service type information.
  • the NEF network element receives the positioning information before conversion, converts the service type information into positioning type information, and sends the positioning information to the TMF network element.
  • the positioning information includes at least one label information and positioning type information.
  • the positioning type information can be used to indicate the positioning type, for example, single positioning, continuous positioning or periodic positioning.
  • the positioning type information may include an identification of the positioning type it indicates. Among them, a single positioning may indicate positioning at least one tag once. Continuous targeting may indicate that at least one tag is targeted multiple times over a period of time. Periodic positioning may indicate that at least one tag is positioned periodically.
  • the positioning type information can be obtained after the service type information is converted by the NEF network element. If the service type information indicates a single inventory, the positioning type information indicates a single positioning; if the service type information indicates a continuous inventory, the positioning type information indicates continuous positioning; if the service type information indicates a periodic inventory, the positioning Type of information indicating periodic positioning.
  • the TMF network element determines whether the LMF network element is required to assist in locating at least one tag based on preset conditions.
  • the TMF network element may determine whether the LMF network element is required to assist in locating at least one tag based on the positioning accuracy information. For example, if the positioning accuracy requirement is high (for example, the positioning accuracy information indicates decimeter-level positioning accuracy, 1-meter-level positioning accuracy, or high-precision positioning), the TMF network element determines that the LMF network element assists in locating at least one tag. ; If the positioning accuracy requirement is low (for example, the positioning accuracy information indicates 10-meter level positioning accuracy or low-precision positioning), the TMF network element determines that the LMF network element does not need to assist in positioning at least one tag. Among them, the LMF network element may be the LMF network element 206 in Figure 2A.
  • the TMF network element determines that the LMF network element assists in locating at least one label; if the preset does not require the LMF network element to assist in locating at least one label To perform positioning, the TMF network element determines that the LMF network element does not need to assist in positioning at least one tag.
  • the TMF network element determines that the LMF network element does not need to assist in locating at least one tag, the TMF network element triggers the first access network device to inventory the at least one tag, and obtains the first measurement result during the inventory process. , and sends the first measurement result to the TMF network element, so that the TMF network element obtains the location information of at least one tag or obtains the location information of the first device according to the first measurement result.
  • the TMF network element determines that the LMF network element does not need to assist in locating at least one tag, the TMF network element triggers the first access network device to inventory the at least one tag, and obtains the first measurement result during the inventory process. , and sends the first measurement result to the TMF network element, so that the TMF network element obtains the location information of at least one tag or obtains the location information of the first device according to the first measurement result.
  • the TMF network element determines that it needs the LMF network element to assist in locating at least one tag, the TMF network element triggers the first access device to perform inventory and positioning measurements on at least one tag, and sends the measurement results to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element is caused to locate the first label.
  • the TMF network element sends the first inventory request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the first inventory request from the TMF network element.
  • the first inventory request may be used to request inventory of at least one tag.
  • the first inventory request is also used to request measurement or positioning of at least one tag.
  • the first inventory request may include information of at least one tag.
  • the first inventory request also includes information about the first access network device (such as the identification of the first access network device), and/or an association identification.
  • S402 also has the following alternative solution: when the number of at least one tag is greater than 1, the TMF network element can instruct the first access network device to inventory at least one tag through multiple inventory requests. For example, the TMF network element may send an inventory request for each label to instruct the first access network device to inventory the corresponding label.
  • the first access network device after receiving the first inventory request, powers on at least one tag.
  • the first access network device sends a command to the first tag.
  • the command includes the EPC of the first tag or the EPC obtained by completely matching the mask, so that the first tag is powered on and Reply to the EPC of the first label.
  • the first access network device can determine to inventory the first label.
  • the first access network device performs mask matching on the mask information of the at least one tag based on the mask to obtain an identification interval, and sends a select command to the identification interval.
  • the tags corresponding to the logos are matched so that the tags corresponding to the logos in the logo interval are powered on and one tag is inventoried. It can be understood that the tags corresponding to the logos in the logo interval are activated at the same time. After these tags are activated, the first access network device sends a query (Query) message to these tags, and the tags (such as the first tag) that respond to the Query message can send random numbers to the first access network device.
  • Query query
  • the first access network device After receiving the random number, the first access network device sends an acknowledgment (ACK) message to the first tag, and the acknowledgment message may carry the random number.
  • the confirmed tag i.e., the first tag
  • the first tag may send the identification of the first tag to the TMF network element.
  • the first label may also send the protocol control code (PC) and/or the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) code of the first label to the TMF network element.
  • PC protocol control code
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • the above-mentioned identification of the first label, PC or CRC of the first label may be sent to the TMF network element through the first access network device through a message similar to Non-Access Stratum Mobility Management (NAS-MM).
  • NAS-MM Non-Access Stratum Mobility Management
  • the TMF network element receives corresponding information.
  • the first access network device determines to inventory the first tag, that is: after the first access network device determines that the first tag is the only inventory tag, or the first access network device obtains the tag from the first tag random number, and after it is determined that the only tag to be counted is the first tag, the first tag can be counted through S403-S404.
  • the first access network device sends the first message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the message from the first access network device.
  • the first news prepared.
  • the first tag is included in at least one tag.
  • the first message may be used to trigger the first tag to send the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first message is a selection message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, an acknowledgment (ACK) message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflection signal, or a sequence number request (Req-RN or Request Random Number) information.
  • the selection message may include the identification of the first tag or the identification obtained by masking a complete match, such as: the EPC of the first tag or the EPC obtained by masking a complete match.
  • the query message may include a Query command with a Q value of 0.
  • a query message-like message is a message that is similar in function and/or format to the query message.
  • the reflected signal sent by the first tag may refer to a signal sent by the first tag in a reflective mode.
  • the Serial Number Request message can be used to request a serial number.
  • the serial number can be a string of random numbers, such as RN16 random numbers.
  • S404 The first label sends the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the second message from the first tag.
  • the second message is a reflection message of the first message, or the second message carries the identification of the first tag, a random number, a sequence number, a check code, information similar to a random number, and a similar sequence number. information or information similar to a check code.
  • the second message includes the random number of RN16 or carries the identification of the first tag. If the first message is a query message, the second message includes the random number or sequence number or check code of RN16. If the first message is a message similar to a query message, the second message includes a random number similar to RN16 or information similar to a sequence number or information similar to a check code. If the first message is a confirmation message, the second message includes the identification of the first tag. If the first message is a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflection signal, the second message is carried in the reflection signal, that is, the second message is a reflection message of the first message. If the first message is a sequence number request message, the second message includes the sequence number.
  • the first access network device after receiving the second message, sends the identifier of the first label to the TMF network element to indicate that the inventory of the first label is completed.
  • the first access network device sends the first measurement result to the TMF network element.
  • the TMF network element receives the first measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the first measurement result is used to determine the location information of the first tag.
  • the first measurement result may be obtained during the process of inventorying the first label by the first access network device (eg, S403-S404).
  • the first measurement result may include at least one of the following: the identity of the first cell, the first time difference, the first phase information, or the first angle information.
  • the first measurement result includes the identification of the first cell; if the first inventory request is used to request inventory of at least one tag, and at least one tag is measured Or positioning, the first measurement result includes at least one of the following: a first time difference, first phase information or first angle information.
  • the first cell is a service area in which the first access network device provides services for the first tag.
  • the identity of the first cell is the identity of the service area, such as a cell number or a storage area number.
  • the first time difference is a time difference between the time when the first access network device sends the first message to the first tag and the time when the first access network device receives the second message from the first tag.
  • the first phase information is used to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the second message, or to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the first message and the carrier phase of the signal carrying the second message.
  • the first angle information is used to indicate the angle of arrival of the signal carrying the second message.
  • the method shown in Figure 4 also includes S406-S409:
  • the TMF network element sends a second inventory request to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the second inventory request from the TMF network element.
  • the second access network device may be an access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • a second inventory request can be used to request an inventory of the first tag.
  • the second inventory request is also used to request measurement or positioning of the first tag.
  • the second inventory request may include the information of the first tag.
  • the second inventory request also includes information about the second access network device (such as: the identifier of the second access network device), and/or an association identifier.
  • the second access network device after receiving the second inventory request, powers on the first tag. For example, The second access network device sends a command to the first tag, where the command includes the EPC of the first tag or the EPC obtained by completely matching the mask, so that the first tag powers on and replies with the EPC of the first tag. In this way, the second access network device can determine to inventory the first label.
  • the second access network device can inventory the first label through S407-S408.
  • S407 The second access network device sends the seventh message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the seventh message from the second access network device.
  • S408 The first tag sends the eighth message to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the eighth message from the first tag.
  • S407-S408 is similar to the process of S403-S404. You can refer to the corresponding descriptions in S403-S404 and will not be described again.
  • S409 The second access network device sends the fifth measurement result to the TMF network element.
  • the TMF network element receives the fifth measurement result from the second access network device.
  • the fifth measurement result is used together with the first measurement result to determine the location information of the first tag.
  • the fifth measurement result may be obtained during the process of inventorying the first tag by the second access network device (eg, S406-S408).
  • the fifth measurement result may include at least one of the following: a second time difference, a second phase information, or a second angle information.
  • the second time difference is the time difference between the time when the second access network device sends the seventh message to the first tag and the time when the second access network device receives the eighth message from the first tag.
  • the second phase information is used to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the eighth message, or to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the seventh message and the carrier phase of the signal carrying the eighth message.
  • the second angle information is used to indicate the arrival angle of the signal carrying the eighth message.
  • the first access network device may activate and power on the tags in the at least one tag except the first tag. If the second tag is activated and powered on, , the method shown in Figure 4 also includes S410-S412:
  • S410 The first access network device sends the ninth message to the second tag.
  • the second tag receives the ninth message from the first access network device.
  • S411 The second tag sends the tenth message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the tenth message from the second tag.
  • S410-S411 is similar to the process of S403-S404. You can refer to the corresponding description in S403-S404 and will not be described again.
  • the first access network device sends the sixth measurement result to the TMF network element.
  • the TMF network element receives the sixth measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the sixth measurement result is used to determine the location information of the second tag.
  • the sixth measurement result may be obtained during the process of inventorying the second label by the first access network device (eg, S410-S411).
  • the sixth measurement result may include at least one of the following: the identity of the second cell, the third time difference, the third phase information, or the third angle information.
  • the sixth measurement result includes the identification of the second cell; if the first inventory request is used to request inventory of at least one tag, and at least one tag is measured Or positioning, the sixth measurement result includes at least one of the following: a third time difference, a third phase information, or a third angle information.
  • the second cell is a service area in which the first access network device provides services for the second tag.
  • the identifier of the second community is the identifier of the service area, such as a community number or a storage area number.
  • the second cell and the first cell may be the same or different.
  • the third time difference is the time difference between the time when the first access network device sends the ninth message to the second tag and the time when the first access network device receives the tenth message from the second tag.
  • the third phase information is used to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the tenth message, or to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the ninth message and the carrier phase of the signal carrying the tenth message.
  • the third angle information is used to indicate the arrival angle of the signal carrying the tenth message.
  • the process of locating the second tag in addition to the first access network device, other access network devices may be required to assist the first access network device in locating the second tag.
  • other access network equipment can assist in locating the second tag.
  • the process of locating the first label The access network device that assists the first access network device in locating the second label may be the same as or different from the access network device that assists the first access network device in locating the first label.
  • At least one tag also includes a third tag
  • the steps shown in S403-S405 or the steps shown in S403-S409 can be used to obtain the measurement result of the third tag, which will not be described again here.
  • the TMF network element obtains the location information of at least one tag, or obtains the location information of the first device.
  • One possible implementation method is that the TMF network element obtains the location information of each tag based on the measurement results corresponding to each tag.
  • the TMF network element obtains the location information of the first tag based on the first measurement result, and obtains the location information of the second tag based on the sixth measurement result.
  • the TMF network element obtains the location information of the first tag based on the first measurement result and the fifth measurement result.
  • the following description takes the process of the TMF network element obtaining the location information of the first tag as an example.
  • the location information of the first tag may be used to indicate the location of the first tag.
  • the TMF network element determines the location of the first cell as the location of the first label. In this case, the TMF network element can obtain the location information of the first cell in advance. For example, the location information of the first cell is pre-stored in the TMF network element, or the TMF network element obtains the location information of the first cell from the first access network device or the LMF network element.
  • the TMF network element determines the location of the cell that meets the first time difference as the location of the first label.
  • the cell that meets the first time difference can be understood as the cell whose message round-trip time is closest to the first time difference among the multiple cells of the first access network device.
  • the TMF network element can obtain in advance the message round-trip times corresponding to multiple cells of the first access network device and the location information of the multiple cells. For example, the above information is pre-stored in the TMF network element, or the TMF network element obtains the above information from the first access network device or the LMF network element.
  • the TMF network element processes the first phase information and the second phase information according to the carrier phase positioning algorithm, Get the location information of the first label. If the first measurement result includes the first angle information and the fifth measurement result includes the second angle information, the TMF network element processes the first angle information and the second angle information according to the angle of arrival positioning algorithm to obtain the position of the first tag. information.
  • the TMF network element may determine the location information of the first tag based on the first measurement result, the fifth measurement result, and the correspondence between the pre-acquired feature information and the location information.
  • the TMF network element can include the first phase in the correspondence.
  • the position information corresponding to the information and the second phase information is determined as the position information of the first tag.
  • the TMF network element can include the first angle in the correspondence.
  • the position information corresponding to the information and the second angle information is determined as the position information of the first tag.
  • the above corresponding relationship may be pre-stored in the TMF network element, or the TMF network element may obtain it from the first access network device or the LMF network element.
  • the TMF network element determines the location information of the first device based on the location information of the at least one tag.
  • the TMF network element determines the location information of the first tag as the location information of the first device.
  • the TMF network element averages the location information of the at least one tag to obtain the location information of the first device.
  • the first access network device can inventory at least one tag again.
  • the method shown in Figure 4 can execute S403-S413 again. , to obtain the location information of at least one tag or the location information of the first device again, thereby achieving tracking and monitoring of at least one tag or the first device.
  • the first access network device can periodically inventory at least one tag.
  • the method shown in Figure 4 can periodically S403-S413 are executed to periodically obtain the location information of at least one tag or the location information of the first device, thereby achieving tracking and monitoring of at least one tag or the first device.
  • the TMF network element sends the location information of at least one tag to the AF network element, or sends the location information of the first device to the AF network element.
  • the TMF network element sends the location information of at least one tag to the AF network element through the NEF network element, or sends the location information of the first device to the AF network element through the NEF network element.
  • the TMF network element can include the location information of at least one tag in one message and send it to the AF network element, or it can also include the location information of at least one tag in multiple messages and send it to the AF network element, without limitation. .
  • the TMF network element can obtain positioning information and trigger the first access network device to inventory at least one tag, so that the first access network device obtains the first measurement result during the inventory process.
  • the TMF network element can obtain the location information of at least one tag based on the first measurement result to achieve positioning of the at least one tag, or the TMF network element can obtain the location information of the first device where the at least one tag is located based on the first measurement result, Positioning of the first device is achieved.
  • the actions of the TMF network element or the first access network device or the second access network device or the first label or the second label in the above S401-S413 can be performed by the processor 301 in the communication device 30 shown in Figure 3
  • the application code stored in the memory 303 is called for execution, and the embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the LMF network element does not participate in locating at least one tag or locating the first device.
  • LMF network elements can also participate in positioning tags or devices. For details, refer to the method shown in Figure 5.
  • the positioning method may include the following steps:
  • the TMF network element obtains positioning information.
  • the TMF network element sends the positioning information to the LMF network element, so that the LMF network element can determine the positioning measurement method to be used based on the positioning information.
  • the LMF network element may be LMF network element 206 in Figure 2A.
  • the first access network device sends positioning assistance information to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives positioning assistance information from the first access network device.
  • the positioning assistance information includes at least one of the following: location information of the first access network device, height information of the first access network device, or information on at least one positioning measurement method supported by the first access network device.
  • the location information of the first access network device may include the longitude and latitude of the location of the first access network device, and the regional identifier of the area where the first access network device is located (such as: **Province** City** District** Road identification) or the coordinates of the first access network device in the map software, etc.
  • At least one positioning measurement method supported by the first access network device includes one or more of angle measurement, phase measurement, signal strength measurement, multi-antenna measurement, fingerprint positioning measurement or multi-tag assisted positioning measurement.
  • the TMF network element can trigger the first access network device to inventory and position the tags in at least one tag, so that the first access network device sends the positioning measurement results to the LMF network element, so that the LMF The network element locates the first tag according to the positioning measurement result.
  • the TMF network element can trigger the first access network device to perform inventory and positioning measurements on at least one tag in at least the following three ways.
  • Method 1 The TMF network element sends the first inventory request to the first access network device. After receiving the first inventory request, the first access network device inventory the first tag. The TMF network element also sends a first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send a third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network device performs positioning measurement on the first tag.
  • the TMF network element sends the first inventory request to the first access network device. After receiving the first inventory request, the first access network device inventory the first tag.
  • the TMF network element also sends a first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send a third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network device performs positioning measurement on the first tag.
  • Method 2 The TMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send the third inventory request and the third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network device responds to the first label Conduct inventory and location measurements.
  • the TMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send the third inventory request and the third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network device responds to the first label Conduct inventory and location measurements.
  • Method 3 The TMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send the third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network device performs inventory and positioning measurement of the first tag.
  • the TMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send the third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network device performs inventory and positioning measurement of the first tag.
  • S502a The TMF network element sends the first inventory request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the first inventory request from the TMF network element.
  • the first inventory request may be used to request inventory of at least one tag.
  • the first inventory request may include information of at least one tag.
  • the first inventory request also includes information about the first access network device (such as the identification of the first access network device), and/or an association identifier.
  • S502a also has the following alternative solution: when the number of at least one tag is greater than 1, TMF The network element may instruct the first access network device to inventory at least one tag through multiple inventory requests. For example, the TMF network element may send an inventory request for each label to instruct the first access network device to inventory the corresponding label.
  • the first access network device after receiving the first inventory request, powers on at least one tag.
  • the first access network device sends a command to the first tag.
  • the command includes the EPC of the first tag or the EPC obtained by completely matching the mask, so that the first tag is powered on and Reply to the EPC of the first label.
  • the first access network device can determine to inventory the first label.
  • the first access network device performs mask matching on the mask information of the at least one tag based on the mask to obtain an identification interval, and sends a select command to the identification interval.
  • the tags corresponding to the logos are matched so that the tags corresponding to the logos in the logo interval are powered on and one tag is inventoried. It can be understood that the tags corresponding to the logos in the logo interval are activated at the same time. After these tags are activated, the first access network device sends Query messages to these tags. Tags that respond to the Query message (such as the first tag) can send random numbers to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device After receiving the random number, the first access network device sends a confirmation message to the first tag, and the confirmation message may carry the random number.
  • the confirmed tag i.e., the first tag
  • the confirmed tag is the tag for which the random access is successful, or is called the tag selected for this Query or random access process or the tag to be counted.
  • the first access network device determines to inventory the first tag, that is: after the first access network device determines that the first tag is the only inventory tag, or the first access network device obtains the tag from the first tag random number, and after it is determined that the only tag to be counted is the first tag, the first tag can be counted through S503a-S504a.
  • S503a The first access network device sends the first message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the first message from the first access network device.
  • the first tag is included in at least one tag.
  • the first message may be used to trigger the first tag to send the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first message is a selection message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a confirmation message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, or a sequence number request message.
  • a selection message a query message, a message similar to a query message, a confirmation message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, or a sequence number request message.
  • S504a The first label sends the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the second message from the first tag.
  • the second message is a reflection message of the first message, or the second message carries the identification of the first tag, a random number, a sequence number, a check code, information similar to a random number, and a similar sequence number. information or information similar to a check code.
  • the second message includes the random number of RN16 or carries the identification of the first tag. If the first message is a query message, the second message includes the random number or sequence number or check code of RN16. If the first message is a message similar to a query message, the second message includes a random number similar to RN16 or information similar to a sequence number or information similar to a check code. If the first message is a confirmation message, the second message includes the identification of the first tag. If the first message is a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflection signal, the second message is carried in the reflection signal, that is, the second message is a reflection message of the first message. If the first message is a sequence number request message, the second message includes the sequence number.
  • the first access network device sends the second message to the TMF network element.
  • the first tag may also send the PC and/or CRC code of the first tag to the TMF network element.
  • the above-mentioned identification of the first tag, PC or CRC of the first tag may be sent to the TMF network element via the first access network device through a message similar to NAS-MM.
  • the TMF network element receives corresponding information.
  • S505a The TMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the first positioning request from the TMF network element.
  • the first positioning request may be used to request positioning of the first tag.
  • the first positioning request includes the identification of the first tag, such as the EPC of the first tag.
  • the first positioning request further includes at least one of the following: type information of the first label or information of the service type of the first label.
  • the LMF network element can be enabled to determine the positioning of the first tag.
  • the type information of the first tag may be used to indicate the type of the first tag, such as a passive terminal, an active terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • the type information of the first tag may include an identification of the type it indicates.
  • the information on the service type of the first tag may be used to indicate the service type of the first tag, such as single inventory, continuous inventory or periodic inventory.
  • the service type information of the first tag may include an identification of the service type indicated by it.
  • S506a The LMF network element sends the third positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the third positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • the third positioning request may be used to request positioning of the first tag.
  • the third positioning request may include the identification of the first tag, such as the EPC of the first tag.
  • the third positioning request further includes at least one of the following: positioning measurement method information, first tag type information, or first tag service type information.
  • the information about the positioning measurement method can be used to indicate the positioning measurement method.
  • the positioning measurement method please refer to the previous explanations of the technical terms involved in this application.
  • S502b The TMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the first positioning request from the TMF network element.
  • S503b The LMF network element sends a third inventory request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the third inventory request from the LMF network element.
  • the third inventory request may be used to request inventory of at least one tag.
  • the third inventory request may include information of at least one tag.
  • the third inventory request also includes information about the first access network device (such as the identification of the first access network device), and/or an association identifier.
  • S503b also has the following alternative solution: when the number of at least one tag is greater than 1, the LMF network element can instruct the first access network device to inventory at least one tag through multiple inventory requests. For example, the LMF network element may send an inventory request for each label to instruct the first access network device to inventory the corresponding label.
  • the first access network device motivates and powers on at least one tag.
  • the first access network device sends a command to the first tag.
  • the command includes the EPC of the first tag or the EPC obtained by completely matching the mask, so that the first tag is powered on and Reply to the EPC of the first label.
  • the first access network device can determine to inventory the first label.
  • the first access network device performs mask matching on the mask information of at least one tag based on the mask to obtain an identification interval, and sends a selection command to match the identification corresponding to the identification interval.
  • the tags are matched so that the tags corresponding to the tags in the tag interval are powered on and one tag is inventoried. It can be understood that the tags corresponding to the logos in the logo interval are activated at the same time. After these tags are activated, the first access network device sends query messages to these tags, and tags (such as the first tag) that respond to the query message can send random numbers to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device After receiving the random number, the first access network device sends a confirmation message to the first tag, and the confirmation message may carry the random number.
  • the confirmed tag i.e., the first tag
  • the confirmed tag is the tag for which the random access is successful, or is called the tag selected for the query or random access process or the tag to be counted.
  • S504b The first access network device sends the first message to the first label.
  • the first tag receives the first message from the first access network device.
  • the first tag is included in at least one tag.
  • the first message may be used to trigger the first tag to send the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first message is a selection message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a confirmation message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, or a sequence number request message.
  • a selection message a query message, a message similar to a query message, a confirmation message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, or a sequence number request message.
  • S505b The first label sends the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the second message from the first tag.
  • the second message is a reflection message of the first message, or the second message carries the identification of the first tag, a random number, a sequence number, a check code, information similar to a random number, and a similar sequence number. information or information similar to a check code.
  • the second message includes the random number of RN16 or carries the identification of the first tag. If the first message is a query message, the second message includes the random number or sequence number or check code of RN16. If the first message is a message similar to a query message, the second message includes a random number similar to RN16 or information similar to a sequence number or information similar to a check code. If the first message is a confirmation message, the second message includes the identification of the first tag. If the first message is a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflection signal, the second message is carried in the reflection signal, that is, the second message is a reflection message of the first message. If first The message is a sequence number request message, then the second message includes the sequence number.
  • the first access network device sends the second message to the LMF network element.
  • the first tag may also send the PC and/or CRC code of the first tag to the LMF network element.
  • the above-mentioned identification of the first tag, PC or CRC of the first tag may be sent to the LMF network element via the first access network device through a message similar to NAS-MM.
  • the LMF network element receives corresponding information.
  • S506b The LMF network element sends the third positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the third positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • the TMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the first positioning request from the TMF network element.
  • S503c The LMF network element sends the third positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the third positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • the third positioning request may be used to request inventory and positioning of the first tag.
  • the third positioning request may include the identification of the first tag, such as the EPC of the first tag.
  • the third positioning request further includes at least one of the following: positioning measurement method information, first tag type information, or first tag service type information.
  • the information about the positioning measurement method can be used to indicate the positioning measurement method.
  • the positioning measurement method please refer to the previous explanations of the technical terms involved in this application.
  • S504c The first access network device sends the first message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the first message from the first access network device.
  • the first tag is included in at least one tag.
  • the first message may be used to trigger the first tag to send the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first message is a selection message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a confirmation message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, or a sequence number request message.
  • a selection message a query message, a message similar to a query message, a confirmation message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, or a sequence number request message.
  • S505c The first label sends the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the second message from the first tag.
  • the second message is a reflection message of the first message, or the second message carries the identity of the first tag, a random number, a sequence number, a check code, information similar to a random number, and a similar sequence number. information or information similar to a check code.
  • the second message includes the random number of RN16 or carries the identification of the first tag. If the first message is a query message, the second message includes the random number or sequence number or check code of RN16. If the first message is a message similar to a query message, the second message includes a random number similar to RN16 or information similar to a sequence number or information similar to a check code. If the first message is a confirmation message, the second message includes the identification of the first tag. If the first message is a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflection signal, the second message is carried in the reflection signal, that is, the second message is a reflection message of the first message. If the first message is a sequence number request message, the second message includes the sequence number.
  • S504c-S505c are optional steps.
  • the first tag can be inventoried through S504c-S505c, and the first tag can be positioned and measured through S507-S508.
  • the first tag can be inventoried and positioned for measurement through S507-S508.
  • the first access network device may perform positioning measurement on the first tag and send the positioning measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the first access network device may perform positioning measurement on the first tag and send the positioning measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • S507 The first access network device sends the eleventh message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the eleventh message from the first access network device.
  • the eleventh message is a selection message, a confirmation message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflection signal, or a sequence number request message.
  • the first label sends the twelfth message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the twelfth message from the first tag.
  • the twelfth message is a reflection message of the first message, or the twelfth message carries the identification of the first tag, a random number, a sequence number, a check code, information similar to a random number, and a similar sequence number. information or information similar to a check code.
  • the twelfth message includes the random number of RN16 or carries the identification of the first tag. If the eleventh message is a confirmation message, the twelfth message includes the identification of the first tag. If the eleventh message is a query message, the twelfth message includes the random number or sequence number or check code of RN16. If the eleventh message is a message similar to a query message, the twelfth message includes a random number similar to RN16 or information similar to a sequence number or information similar to a check code.
  • the eleventh message is a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflection signal
  • the twelfth message is carried in the reflection signal, that is, the twelfth message is a reflection message of the eleventh message. If the eleventh message is a sequence number request message, the twelfth message includes the sequence number.
  • the first access network device sends the second measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the second measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the second measurement result can be used to determine the location information of the first tag.
  • the second measurement result is measured by the first access network device using the positioning measurement method indicated by the third positioning request.
  • the first access network device measures the arrival angle of the signal carrying the twelfth message, and the second measurement result includes the arrival angle of the signal carrying the twelfth message.
  • the first access network device measures the carrier phase of the signal carrying the twelfth message, and the second measurement result includes the carrier phase of the signal carrying the twelfth message.
  • the first access network device measures the signal strength of the signal carrying the twelfth message, and the second measurement result includes the signal strength of the signal carrying the twelfth message.
  • the first access network device measures the characteristic information of the twelfth message through multiple antennas, such as the angle of arrival of the signal carrying the twelfth message and/or the angle of arrival of the signal carrying the twelfth message.
  • the second measurement result includes the carrier phase of the signal carrying the twelfth message measured by multiple antennas and/or the carrier phase of the signal carrying the twelfth message measured by multiple antennas.
  • the first access network device measures the characteristic information of the twelfth message, such as the angle of arrival of the signal carrying the twelfth message, and/ Or, the carrier phase of the signal carrying the twelfth message, and/or, the signal strength of the signal carrying the twelfth message is received
  • the second measurement result includes the angle of arrival of the signal carrying the twelfth message, and/or, the signal carrying the twelfth message is received.
  • the carrier phase of the signal of the twelfth message, and/or the signal strength of the received signal carrying the twelfth message is if the third positioning request indicates fingerprint positioning measurement or multi-label assisted positioning measurement, the first access network device measures the characteristic information of the twelfth message, such as the angle of arrival of the signal carrying the twelfth message, and/ Or, the carrier phase of the signal carrying the twelfth message, and/or, the signal strength of the signal carrying the twelfth message is received
  • the second measurement result includes the angle
  • the second access network device may be needed to assist the first access network device in locating the first tag.
  • the second access network device may be determined by the LMF network element and is an access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • the method shown in Figure 5 also includes S510-S513:
  • the LMF network element sends a fourth positioning request to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the fourth positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • the fourth positioning request may be used to request positioning of the first tag.
  • the fourth positioning request may include the identification of the first tag, such as the EPC of the first tag.
  • the fourth positioning request further includes at least one of the following: positioning measurement method information, first tag type information, or first tag service type information.
  • S511 The second access network device sends the thirteenth message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the thirteenth message from the second access network device.
  • S512 The first label sends the fourteenth message to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the fourteenth message from the first tag.
  • the second access network device sends the third measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the third measurement result from the second access network device.
  • the third measurement result and the second measurement result may be jointly used to determine the location information of the first tag.
  • the third measurement result is measured by the second access network device using the positioning measurement method indicated by the fourth positioning request.
  • the second measurement result in S509 please refer to the introduction of the second measurement result in S509, which will not be described again here.
  • the first access network device may activate and power on the tags in the at least one tag except the first tag. If the second tag is activated and powered on, , the method shown in Figure 5 also includes S514-S518:
  • S514 The TMF network element sends a second positioning request to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the second positioning request from the TMF network element.
  • the second positioning request may be used to request positioning of the second tag.
  • the second positioning request includes the identification of the second tag, such as the EPC of the second tag.
  • the second positioning request further includes at least one of the following: type information of the second label or information of the service type of the second label.
  • the LMF network element can be enabled to determine the positioning of the second label.
  • the type information of the second tag may be used to indicate the type of the second tag, such as a passive terminal, an active terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • the type information of the second tag may include an identification of the type it indicates.
  • the information on the service type of the second tag may be used to indicate the service type of the second tag, such as single inventory, continuous inventory or periodic inventory.
  • the service type information of the second tag may include an identification of the service type indicated by it.
  • S515 The LMF network element sends the fifth positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the fifth positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • the fifth positioning request may be used to request positioning of the second tag.
  • the fifth positioning request may include the identification of the second tag, such as the EPC of the second tag.
  • the fifth positioning request further includes at least one of the following: positioning measurement method information, second tag type information, or second tag service type information.
  • the information about the positioning measurement method can be used to indicate the positioning measurement method.
  • the positioning measurement method please refer to the previous explanations of the technical terms involved in this application.
  • S516 The first access network device sends the fifth message to the second tag.
  • the second tag receives the fifth message from the first access network device.
  • the fifth message is a selection message, a confirmation message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a message that triggers the second tag to send a reflection signal, or a sequence number request message.
  • S517 The second label sends the sixth message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the sixth message from the second tag.
  • the sixth message is a reflection message of the fifth message, or the sixth message carries the identity of the first tag, a random number, a sequence number, a check code, information similar to a random number, and information similar to a sequence number. Or information similar to a check code.
  • the sixth message includes the random number of RN16 or carries the identification of the first tag. If the fifth message is a confirmation message, the sixth message includes the identification of the first tag. If the fifth message is a query message, the sixth message includes the random number or sequence number or check code of RN16. If the fifth message is a message similar to a query message, the sixth message includes a random number similar to RN16 or information similar to a sequence number or information similar to a check code. If the fifth message is a message that triggers the second tag to send a reflection signal, the sixth message is carried in the reflection signal, that is, the sixth message is a reflection message of the fifth message. If the fifth message is a sequence number request message, the sixth message includes the sequence number.
  • the first access network device sends the fourth measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the fourth measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the fourth measurement result can be used to determine the location information of the second tag.
  • the fourth measurement result is measured by the first access network device using the positioning measurement method indicated by the fifth positioning request.
  • the second measurement result in S509 please refer to the introduction of the second measurement result in S509, which will not be described again here.
  • the second tag in addition to the first access network device, other access network devices may be required to assist the first access network device in locating the second tag.
  • the second access network device assists in locating the first tag in S510-S513 above.
  • the access network device that assists the first access network device in locating the second label may be the same as or different from the access network device that assists the first access network device in locating the first label.
  • the LMF network element obtains the location information of at least one tag, or obtains the location information of the first device.
  • the LMF network element obtains the location information of each tag based on the measurement results corresponding to each tag. For example, the LMF network element obtains the location information of the first tag based on the second measurement result, and obtains the location information of the second tag based on the fourth measurement result. Alternatively, the LMF network element obtains the location information of the first tag based on the second measurement result and the third measurement result.
  • the following description takes the process of the LMF network element obtaining the location information of the first tag as an example.
  • the location information of the first tag may be used to indicate the location of the first tag.
  • the LMF network The element determines the location information of the first tag based on characteristic information measured by multiple antennas and deployment distances and/or deployment angles of the multiple antennas. It can be understood that the deployment distances and/or deployment angles of multiple antennas may be pre-stored in the LMF network element, or may be obtained by the LMF network element from the first access network device.
  • both the third positioning request and the fourth positioning request indicate phase measurement
  • the second measurement result includes the phase information measured by the first access network device
  • the third measurement result includes the phase information measured by the second access network device.
  • the LMF network element processes the phase information measured by the first access network device and the phase information measured by the second access network device according to the carrier phase positioning algorithm to obtain the location information of the first tag.
  • the second measurement result includes angle information measured by the first access network device
  • the third measurement result includes angle information measured by the second access network device.
  • the LMF network element processes the angle information measured by the first access network device and the angle information measured by the second access network device according to the angle of arrival positioning algorithm to obtain the location information of the first tag.
  • the LMF network element may determine the location information of the first tag based on the second measurement result, the third measurement result, and the correspondence between the pre-acquired feature information and the location information.
  • the LMF network element may determine the position information corresponding to the phase information measured by the first access network device and the phase information measured by the second access network device in the corresponding relationship as the position information of the first tag.
  • the above corresponding relationship may be pre-stored in the LMF network element, or the LMF network element may obtain it from the first access network device.
  • the LMF network element determines the location information of the first device based on the location information of the at least one tag.
  • the LMF network element determines the location information of the first tag as the location information of the first device.
  • the LMF network element averages the location information of the at least one tag to obtain the location information of the first device.
  • the first access network device can inventory at least one tag again.
  • the method shown in Figure 5 can execute S503a-S506a again. , and S507-S519, to obtain the location information of at least one tag or the location information of the first device again, thereby realizing tracking and monitoring of at least one tag or the first device.
  • the first access network device can periodically inventory at least one tag.
  • the method shown in Figure 5 can periodically Perform S503a-S506a, and S507-S519; or, after S519, the TMF network element can periodically trigger the LMF network element to locate at least one label.
  • the method shown in Figure 5 can periodically perform S505a-S506a and S507-S519; or, after S519, the LMF network element can periodically trigger the access network device (such as the first access network device, or the first access network device and the second access network device) to obtain at least one label.
  • the method shown in Figure 5 can periodically execute S506a and S507-S519.
  • the location information of at least one tag or the location information of the first device can be periodically acquired, thereby achieving tracking and monitoring of at least one tag or the first device.
  • the LMF network element sends the location information of at least one tag to the AF network element, or sends the location information of the first device to the AF network element.
  • the LMF network element sends the location information of at least one tag to the AF network element through the TMF network element, or sends the location information of the first device to the AF network element through the TMF network element.
  • the LMF network element can include the location information of at least one tag in one message and send it to the AF network element, or it can also include the location information of at least one tag in multiple messages and send it to the AF network element, without limitation. .
  • the LMF network element may send the received measurement result to the TMF network element, so that the TMF network element obtains the location information of at least one tag based on the received measurement result, or obtains the location information of the first device. Subsequently, the TMF network element may also send the location information of at least one tag or the location information of the first device to the AF network element.
  • the TMF network element can obtain positioning information, trigger the first access network device to perform inventory and positioning measurements on at least one tag, and obtain a second measurement result.
  • the LMF network element can obtain the location information of at least one tag based on the second measurement result to achieve positioning of the at least one tag, or the LMF network element can obtain the location information of the first device where the at least one tag is located based on the second measurement result, Positioning of the first device is achieved.
  • the actions of the TMF network element or LMF network element or the first access network device or the second access network device or the first label or the second label in the above S501-S519 can be performed by the communication device 30 shown in Figure 3
  • the processor 301 calls the application program code stored in the memory 303 for execution, and the embodiment of the present application does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the functions of the TMF network element in the method shown in Figure 4 or Figure 5 can also be integrated into the existing core network element.
  • the TMF network element can be integrated on the AMF network element or the LMF network element.
  • the functions of the TMF network element are integrated into the AMF network element, at least one tag or the first device can be positioned through the method shown in Figure 6 or Figure 7 .
  • the functions of the TMF network element are integrated on the LMF network element, at least one tag or the first device can be positioned through the method shown in Figure 8 or Figure 9.
  • the positioning method may include the following steps:
  • the AMF network element obtains positioning information.
  • the AMF network element may be the AMF network element 211 in Figure 2B.
  • the positioning information may include information of at least one tag.
  • At least one tag may include any one or more tags.
  • at least one tag includes tag 213 and/or tag 214 in Figure 2B.
  • the information of the at least one tag may include an identification of the at least one tag or a group object of the at least one tag.
  • At least one tag is set on a device, such as the first device.
  • a device such as the first device.
  • the positioning information also includes first information.
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: positioning accuracy information, geographical area information of the first access network device, geographical area information where at least one tag is located, service type information, positioning cycle information, or association identification.
  • positioning accuracy information may include at least one of the following: positioning accuracy information, geographical area information of the first access network device, geographical area information where at least one tag is located, service type information, positioning cycle information, or association identification.
  • the AMF network element can obtain positioning information from other network elements, such as AF network elements.
  • the AF network element may be the AF network element in Figure 2D.
  • the AMF network element receives positioning information from the AF network element through the NEF network element.
  • the NEF network element may be the NEF network element in Figure 2D.
  • the AF network element can send positioning information to the NEF network element.
  • the NEF network element can directly send the positioning information to the AMF network element, that is, the AF network element transparently transmits the positioning information to the AMF network element through the NEF network element.
  • the NEF network element converts the information in the positioning information into information that can be recognized by the AMF network element, and sends the converted information to the AMF network element.
  • the NEF network element converts the information in the positioning information into information that can be recognized by the AMF network element, and sends the converted information to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element determines whether the LMF network element is required to assist in locating at least one tag based on preset conditions. For details, please refer to the corresponding description in S401 above.
  • the AMF network element determines that it does not need the LMF network element to assist in locating at least one tag, the AMF network element triggers the first access network device to inventory the at least one tag, and obtains the first measurement result during the inventory process. , and sends the first measurement result to the AMF network element, so that the AMF network element obtains the location information of at least one tag or the location information of the first device according to the first measurement result.
  • the AMF network element For the above process, please refer to the corresponding descriptions in S602-S605 below.
  • the AMF network element determines that it needs the LMF network element to assist in locating at least one tag, the AMF network element triggers the first access device to perform inventory and positioning measurements on at least one tag, and sends the measurement results to the LMF network element, so that the LMF network element Position the first label.
  • the AMF network element sends the first inventory request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the first inventory request from the AMF network element.
  • the first access network device sends the first message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the message from the first access network device.
  • the first news prepared.
  • S604 The first label sends the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the second message from the first tag.
  • the first access network device sends the first measurement result to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element receives the first measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the above-mentioned first access network device may be the access network device 212 in Figure 2B.
  • the method shown in Figure 6 also includes S606-S609:
  • the AMF network element sends a second inventory request to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the second inventory request from the AMF network element.
  • S607 The second access network device sends the seventh message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the seventh message from the second access network device.
  • S608 The first tag sends the eighth message to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the eighth message from the first tag.
  • S609 The second access network device sends the fifth measurement result to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element receives the fifth measurement result from the second access network device.
  • the first access network device may activate and power on the tags in the at least one tag except the first tag. If the second tag is activated and powered on, , the method shown in Figure 6 also includes S610-S612:
  • S610 The first access network device sends the ninth message to the second tag.
  • the second tag receives the ninth message from the first access network device.
  • the second tag sends the tenth message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the tenth message from the second tag.
  • the first access network device sends the sixth measurement result to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element receives the sixth measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the AMF network element obtains the location information of at least one tag, or obtains the location information of the first device.
  • the AMF network element can obtain positioning information and trigger the first access network device to inventory at least one tag, so that the first access network device obtains the first measurement result during the inventory process.
  • the AMF network element can obtain the location information of at least one tag based on the first measurement result to achieve positioning of the at least one tag, or the AMF network element can obtain the location information of the first device where the at least one tag is located based on the first measurement result, Positioning of the first device is achieved.
  • the actions of the AMF network element or the first access network device or the second access network device or the first label or the second label in the above-mentioned S601-S613 can be performed by the processor 301 in the communication device 30 shown in Figure 3
  • the application code stored in the memory 303 is called for execution, and the embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the LMF network element does not participate in locating at least one tag or the first device.
  • LMF network elements can also participate in positioning tags or devices. For details, refer to the method shown in Figure 7.
  • the positioning method may include the following steps:
  • the AMF network element obtains positioning information.
  • the AMF network element sends the positioning information to the LMF network element, so that the LMF network element can determine the positioning measurement method to be used based on the positioning information.
  • the LMF network element may be LMF network element 216 in Figure 2B.
  • the first access network device sends positioning assistance information to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives positioning assistance information from the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may be the access network device 212 in Figure 2B.
  • positioning assistance information please refer to the corresponding description in S501 above.
  • the AMF network element can trigger the first access network device to inventory and position the tags in at least one tag, so that the first access network device sends the positioning measurement results to the LMF network element, so that the LMF The network element locates the first tag according to the positioning measurement result.
  • the AMF network element can trigger the first access network device to perform inventory and positioning measurements on at least one tag in at least the following three ways.
  • Method 4 The AMF network element sends the first inventory request to the first access network device. After receiving the first inventory request, the first access network device inventory the first tag. The AMF network element also sends a first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send a third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network device performs positioning measurement on the first tag.
  • the AMF network element sends the first inventory request to the first access network device. After receiving the first inventory request, the first access network device inventory the first tag.
  • the AMF network element also sends a first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send a third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network device performs positioning measurement on the first tag.
  • Method 5 The AMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send the third inventory request and the third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network device responds to the first label Conduct inventory and location measurements.
  • This process is the same as the above-mentioned S502b-S506b in which the TMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send the third inventory request and the third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network element
  • the process of inventory and positioning measurement of the first tag by the network device is similar. Please refer to the corresponding introduction in S502b-S506b above, which will not be described again here.
  • Method 6 The AMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send the third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network device performs inventory and positioning measurement of the first tag. .
  • This process is the same as the above-mentioned S502c-S505c in which the TMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element to trigger the LMF network element to send the third positioning request to the first access network device, so that the first access network device responds to the first positioning request.
  • the process of label inventory and positioning measurement is similar. Please refer to the corresponding introduction in S502c-S505c above, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the AMF network element sends the first inventory request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the first inventory request from the AMF network element.
  • S703 The first access network device sends the first message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the first message from the first access network device.
  • S704 The first label sends the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the second message from the first tag.
  • the AMF network element sends the first positioning request to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the first positioning request from the AMF network element.
  • the LMF network element sends the third positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the third positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • S707 The first access network device sends the eleventh message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the eleventh message from the first access network device.
  • the first label sends the twelfth message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the twelfth message from the first tag.
  • the first access network device sends the second measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the second measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the second access network device may be needed to assist the first access network device in locating the first tag.
  • the second access network device may be determined by the LMF network element and is an access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • the method shown in Figure 7 also includes S710-S713:
  • the LMF network element sends a fourth positioning request to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the fourth positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • S711 The second access network device sends the thirteenth message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the thirteenth message from the second access network device.
  • S712 The first label sends the fourteenth message to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the fourteenth message from the first tag.
  • the second access network device sends the third measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the third measurement result from the second access network device.
  • the first access network device may activate and power on the tags in the at least one tag except the first tag. If the second tag is activated and powered on, , the method shown in Figure 7 also includes S714-S718:
  • the AMF network element sends a second positioning request to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the second positioning request from the AMF network element.
  • the LMF network element sends the fifth positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the fifth positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • S716 The first access network device sends the fifth message to the second tag.
  • the second tag receives the fifth message from the first access network device.
  • S717 The second tag sends the sixth message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the sixth message from the second tag.
  • the first access network device sends the fourth measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the fourth measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the LMF network element obtains the location information of at least one tag, or obtains the location information of the first device.
  • the AMF network element can obtain positioning information, trigger the first access network device to inventory at least one tag, and trigger the LMF network element to send the third positioning information to the first access network device, so that the third access network device An access network device measures the message sent by the first tag and obtains a second measurement result.
  • the LMF network element can obtain the location information of at least one tag based on the second measurement result to achieve positioning of the at least one tag, or the LMF network element can obtain the location information of the first device where the at least one tag is located based on the second measurement result, Positioning of the first device is achieved.
  • the actions of the AMF network element or LMF network element or the first access network device or the second access network device or the first label or the second label in the above S701-S719 can be performed by the communication device 30 shown in Figure 3
  • the processor 301 calls the application program code stored in the memory 303 for execution, and the embodiment of the present application does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the positioning method may include the following steps:
  • the LMF network element obtains positioning information.
  • the LMF network element may be the LMF network element 221 in Figure 2C.
  • the positioning information may include information of at least one tag.
  • At least one tag may include any one or more tags.
  • at least one tag includes tag 223 and/or tag 224 in Figure 2C.
  • the information of the at least one tag may include an identification of the at least one tag or a group object of the at least one tag.
  • At least one tag is set on a device, such as the first device.
  • a device such as the first device.
  • the positioning information also includes first information.
  • the first information may include at least one of the following: positioning accuracy information, geographical area information of the first access network device, geographical area information where at least one tag is located, service type information, positioning cycle information, or association identification.
  • the first access network device may be the access network device 222 in Figure 2C.
  • the LMF network element can obtain positioning information from other network elements, such as AF network elements.
  • the AF network element may be the AF network element in Figure 2D.
  • the LMF network element receives positioning information from the AF network element through the NEF network element.
  • the NEF network element may be the NEF network element in Figure 2D.
  • the AF network element can send positioning information to the NEF network element.
  • the NEF network element can directly send the positioning information to the LMF network element, that is, the AF network element transparently transmits the positioning information to the LMF network element through the NEF network element.
  • the NEF network element converts the information in the positioning information into an LMF network element. It can identify the information and send the converted information to the LMF network element.
  • the NEF network element may be the NEF network element in Figure 2D.
  • the LMF network element sends the first inventory request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the first inventory request from the LMF network element.
  • S803 The first access network device sends the first message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the first message from the first access network device.
  • S804 The first label sends the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the second message from the first tag.
  • the first access network device sends the first measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the first measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the method shown in Figure 8 also includes S806-S809:
  • the LMF network element sends a second inventory request to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the second inventory request from the LMF network element.
  • S807 The second access network device sends the seventh message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the seventh message from the second access network device.
  • S808 The first tag sends the eighth message to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the eighth message from the first tag.
  • the second access network device sends the fifth measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the fifth measurement result from the second access network device.
  • the first access network device may activate and power on the tags in the at least one tag except the first tag. If the second tag is activated and powered on, , the method shown in Figure 8 also includes S810-S812:
  • S810 The first access network device sends the ninth message to the second tag.
  • the second tag receives the ninth message from the first access network device.
  • S811 The second tag sends the tenth message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the tenth message from the second tag.
  • the first access network device sends the sixth measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the sixth measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the LMF network element obtains the location information of at least one tag, or obtains the location information of the first device.
  • the LMF network element can obtain positioning information and trigger the first access network device to inventory at least one tag, so that the first access network device obtains the first measurement result during the inventory process.
  • the LMF network element can obtain the location information of at least one tag based on the first measurement result to achieve positioning of the at least one tag, or the LMF network element can obtain the location information of the first device where the at least one tag is located based on the first measurement result, Positioning of the first device is achieved.
  • the actions of the LMF network element or the first access network device or the second access network device or the first label or the second label in the above S801-S813 can be performed by the processor 301 in the communication device 30 shown in Figure 3
  • the application code stored in the memory 303 is called for execution, and the embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the positioning method may include the following steps:
  • the LMF network element obtains positioning information.
  • the LMF network element can determine the positioning measurement method to be used based on the positioning information.
  • Positioning measurement method For the introduction of the formula, please refer to the previous explanations of the technical terms involved in this application.
  • the first access network device sends positioning assistance information to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives positioning assistance information from the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may be the access network device 222 in Figure 2C.
  • the LMF network element sends the first inventory request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the first inventory request from the LMF network element.
  • S903 The first access network device sends the first message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the first message from the first access network device.
  • S904 The first label sends the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the second message from the first tag.
  • the LMF network element sends the third positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the third positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • S906 The first access network device sends the eleventh message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the eleventh message from the first access network device.
  • the first label sends the twelfth message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the twelfth message from the first tag.
  • the first access network device sends the second measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the second measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the above S902-S904 are optional steps.
  • the first tag can be inventoried through S903-S904, and the first tag can be positioned and measured through S906-S907.
  • the first tag can be inventoried and positioned for measurement through S906-S907.
  • the second access network device may be needed to assist the first access network device in locating the first tag.
  • the second access network device may be determined by the LMF network element and is an access network device adjacent to the first access network device.
  • the method shown in Figure 9 also includes S909-S912:
  • the LMF network element sends a fourth positioning request to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the fourth positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • S910 The second access network device sends the thirteenth message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the thirteenth message from the second access network device.
  • S911 The first label sends the fourteenth message to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the fourteenth message from the first tag.
  • the second access network device sends the third measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the third measurement result from the second access network device.
  • the first access network device may activate and power on the tags in the at least one tag except the first tag. If the second tag is activated and powered on, , the method shown in Figure 9 also includes S913-S916:
  • the LMF network element sends the fifth positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the fifth positioning request from the LMF network element.
  • S914 The first access network device sends the fifth message to the second tag.
  • the second tag receives the fifth message from the first access network device.
  • S915 The second tag sends the sixth message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the sixth message from the second tag.
  • S916 The first access network device sends the fourth measurement result to the LMF network element.
  • the LMF network element receives the fourth measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the LMF network element obtains the location information of at least one tag, or obtains the location information of the first device.
  • the LMF network element can obtain the positioning information and trigger the first access network device to measure the message sent by the first tag to obtain the second measurement result.
  • the LMF network element can obtain the location information of at least one tag based on the second measurement result to achieve positioning of the at least one tag, or the LMF network element can obtain the location information of the first device where the at least one tag is located based on the second measurement result, Positioning of the first device is achieved.
  • the actions of the LMF network element or the first access network device or the second access network device or the first label or the second label in the above-mentioned S901-S917 can be performed by the processor 301 in the communication device 30 shown in Figure 3
  • the application code stored in the memory 303 is called for execution, and the embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a communication method, through which the first message can be used to trigger the first tag to send a second message, so that the first access network device can perform positioning measurements based on the second message, achieving Positioning of the first label.
  • the positioning method may include the following steps:
  • S1001 The network device sends the first message to the first tag.
  • the first tag receives the first message from the network device.
  • the network device may be a first access network device or a core network device.
  • Core network equipment includes TMF network elements, LMF network elements or AMF network elements.
  • the first tag can be any tag capable of communicating with the network device.
  • the network device is the TMF network element 201, the LMF network element 206 or the access network device 202 in Figure 2A, and the first label is the label 203 or the label 204 in Figure 2A.
  • the network device is the AMF network element 211, the LMF network element 216 or the access network device 212 in Figure 2B, and the first label is the label 213 or the label 214 in Figure 2B.
  • the network device is the LMF network element 221 or the access network device 222 in Figure 2C, and the first label is the label 223 or label 224 in Figure 2C.
  • the network device is an AMF network element, LMF network element, TMF network element or access network device in Figure 2D, and the first label is any label in Figure 2D.
  • the first message is used to trigger the first tag to reflect or reply to the received message.
  • the first message is a selection message, a confirmation message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, a positioning message or a sequence number request message.
  • the positioning message may be used to trigger the first tag to return the location information of the first tag.
  • the positioning message includes an identifier that instructs the first tag to return location information of the first tag.
  • the first tag switches the switch in the first tag to the first position according to the first message, so that the first tag directly reflects the received message. That is: the first tag switches from the normal reply mode to the reflection mode according to the first message. In reflective mode, the first tag may not parse the received message, but directly reply with a signal. This can reduce the communication delay and reduce the power consumption of the first tag.
  • the switch of the tag before receiving the first message, the switch of the tag is in position 1, the tag is in the normal reply mode, and the signal can be parsed through the decoding module.
  • the decoding module parses the first message and determines that the first message is used to trigger the first tag to reflect the received message.
  • the header of the first message carries indication information indicating the above-mentioned functions.
  • the decoding module parses the header of the first message to determine that the first message has the above-mentioned functions and sends a command to the control module to instruct the control module. Turn the switch from position 1 to position 2. After receiving the command, the control module switches the switch from position 1 to position 2. After the switch is switched to position 2, the tag is in reflective mode and can directly reply with a message through the modulation module without parsing the received message.
  • S1002 The first label sends the second message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the second message from the first tag.
  • the signal carrying the second message is used for measurement by the first access network device.
  • the first access network device measures the signal carrying the second message, obtains the measurement result, and sends the measurement result to the core network device.
  • the second message is used for forwarding by the first access network device.
  • the first access network device forwards the second message to the core network device.
  • the second message is a reflection message of the first message, or the second message carries the identifier of the first tag, Random number, serial number, check code, random number-like information, serial number-like information or check code-like information.
  • the second message includes the random number of RN16 or carries the identification of the first tag. If the first message is a confirmation message, the second message includes the identification of the first tag. If the first message is a query message, the second message includes the random number or sequence number or check code of RN16. If the first message is a message similar to a query message, the second message includes a random number similar to RN16 or information similar to a sequence number or information similar to a check code. If the first message is a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflection signal, the second message is carried in the reflection signal, that is, the second message is a reflection message of the first message. If the first message is a positioning message, the second message includes the location information of the first tag. If the first message is a sequence number request message, the second message includes the sequence number.
  • the method shown in Figure 10 can be combined with the positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application to instruct the tag in the positioning method to convert from the normal reply mode to the reflection mode, thereby reducing communication delay.
  • the methods shown in Figures 4 to 9 may also include S1001, or include S1001 and S1002.
  • the steps in the methods shown in Figures 4 to 9 can be replaced by S1001, or can be replaced by S1001 and S1002.
  • S1001 can be executed before S503a.
  • S503a-S504a or S507-S508 can be replaced with S1001-S1002.
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the TMF network element can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used for the TMF network element; the methods and/or steps implemented by the AMF network element
  • the steps can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in AMF network elements; the methods and/or steps implemented by LMF network elements can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in LMF network elements;
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the first access network device can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the first access network device; the methods and/or steps implemented by the first tag can also be implemented by Implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) available for the first tag.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device, which may be the TMF network element in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above TMF network element, or a component that can be used for the TMF network element; or, the communication device
  • the communication device may be the AMF network element in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above AMF network element, or a component that can be used for the AMF network element; or the communication device may be the LMF network element in the above method embodiment, Either a device that includes the above-mentioned LMF network element, or a component that can be used for the LMF network element; or the communication device can be the first access network device in the above-mentioned method embodiment, or a device that includes the above-mentioned first access network device , or a component that can be used in the first access network equipment; or the communication device can be the first tag in the above method embodiment,
  • the above-mentioned TMF network element, AMF network element, LMF network element, first access network device or first label includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • Embodiments of the present application can divide the above-mentioned TMF network element, AMF network element, LMF network element, first access network device or first label into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It can be understood that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • FIG 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 110.
  • the communication device 110 includes a processing module 1101 and a transceiver module 1102.
  • the processing module 1101 which may also be called a processing unit, is used to perform operations other than sending and receiving operations, and may be, for example, a processing circuit or a processor.
  • the communication device 110 may also include a storage module (not shown in Figure 11) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the communication device 110 is used to implement the functions of a TMF network element, an LMF network element or an AMF network element.
  • the communication device 110 is, for example, the TMF network element described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the communication device 110 is, for example, FIG. 6
  • the communication device 110 is, for example, the LMF network element described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the processing module 1101 is used to obtain positioning information.
  • the positioning information includes information of at least one tag.
  • the processing module 1101 may be used to perform S401, S501, S601, S701 or S801.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to send a first inventory request to the first access network device.
  • the first inventory request is used to request inventory of at least one tag
  • the first inventory request includes information of at least one tag
  • the first access network device provides services for at least one tag.
  • the transceiver module 1102 may be used to perform S402, S502a, S602, S702, S802 or S902.
  • the processing module 1101 is also configured to obtain the location information of at least one tag, or obtain the location information of the first device, and at least one tag is set on the first device.
  • the processing module 1101 may also be used to perform S413, S519, S613, S719, S813 or S917.
  • the positioning information further includes at least one of the following: positioning accuracy information, geographical area information of the first access network device, service type information, positioning period information, or association identification.
  • the service type includes a single inventory, a continuous inventory or a periodic inventory
  • the association identifier is used to identify information related to the positioning and/or inventory of at least one tag.
  • At least one tag includes a first tag
  • the transceiver module 1102 is also configured to send a first positioning request to the location management function network element, where the first positioning request is used to request positioning of the first tag,
  • the first positioning request includes an identification of the first tag.
  • the first positioning request further includes at least one of the following: type information of the first tag or service type information of the first tag.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is specifically configured to periodically send a first positioning request to the location management function network element.
  • At least one tag also includes a second tag.
  • the processing module 1101 is specifically configured to receive the location information of the first device from the location management function network element through the transceiver module 1102. The location information of the first device It is obtained based on the location information of the first tag and the location information of the second tag.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is also configured to send a second positioning request to the location management function network element.
  • the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the second tag, and the second positioning request includes the second tag. logo.
  • At least one tag includes a first tag
  • the processing module 1101 is specifically configured to receive a first measurement result from the first access network device through the transceiver module 1102.
  • the first measurement result is the first access network device.
  • the first measurement result is obtained by the network access device during the inventory of the first tag, and is used to determine the location information of the first tag.
  • the first measurement result includes at least one of the following: an identity of the first cell, a first time difference, a first phase information or a first angle information; the first cell is a first access network device.
  • the first time difference is the time between the time when the first access network device sends the first message to the first tag and the time when the first access network device receives the second message from the first tag.
  • the first phase information is used to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the second message, or the carrier phase of the signal carrying the first message and the carrier phase of the signal carrying the second message
  • the first angle information is used to indicate The angle of arrival of the signal carrying the second message.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is also configured to send the location information of at least one tag to the application function network element, or to send the location information of the first device to the application function network element.
  • At least one tag includes a first tag
  • the transceiver module 1102 is also configured to send a third message to the first tag, and the third message is used to trigger the first tag to send a message to the first access network device.
  • the fourth message causes the first access network device to measure the signal carrying the fourth message.
  • the third message is a selection message, a confirmation message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, a positioning message or a sequence number request message.
  • the processing module 1101 is specifically configured to receive the location information of the first tag from the location management function network element through the transceiver module 1102.
  • any one of the at least one tag is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • the communication device 110 may take the form shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the processor 301 in Figure 3 can cause the communication device 110 to execute the method described in the above method embodiment by calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the processing module 1101 and the transceiver module 1102 in Figure 11 can be implemented by the processor 301 in Figure 3 calling computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303.
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1101 in Figure 11 can be implemented by the processor 301 in Figure 3 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1102 in Figure 11 can be implemented by Figure 11. It is implemented by the communication interface 304 in 3.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 120.
  • the communication device 120 includes a transceiver module 1201.
  • the transceiver module 1201 which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to perform transceiver operations.
  • it may be a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver, or a communication interface.
  • the communication device 120 may also include a storage module (not shown in Figure 9) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the communication device 120 is used to implement the functions of the LMF network element.
  • the communication device 120 is, for example, the LMF network element described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the transceiver module 1201 is used to receive a first positioning request.
  • the first positioning request is used to request positioning of the first tag.
  • the first positioning request includes the identification of the first tag.
  • the transceiver module 1201 may be used to perform S505a, S502b, and S705.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also configured to send a third positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the third positioning request is used to request positioning of the first tag, the third positioning request includes the identifier of the first tag, and the first access network device provides services for the first tag.
  • the transceiver module 1201 may be used to perform S506a, S506b, S503c or S706.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also configured to receive the second measurement result from the first access network device.
  • the second measurement result is used to determine the location information of the first tag.
  • the transceiver module 1201 may be used to perform S509 or S709.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also configured to send a fourth positioning request to the second access network device.
  • the fourth positioning request is used to request the second access network device to position the first tag.
  • the fourth positioning request includes the identification of the first tag;
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also used to receive the third measurement result from the second access network device.
  • the third measurement result and the second measurement result are jointly used to determine the location information of the first tag. .
  • the first positioning request further includes at least one of the following: type information of the first tag or service type information of the first tag.
  • the third positioning request further includes at least one of the following: positioning measurement method information, first tag type information, or first tag service type information.
  • the positioning measurement method includes angle measurement, phase measurement, signal strength measurement, multi-antenna measurement, fingerprint positioning measurement or multi-tag assisted positioning measurement.
  • the second measurement result is measured by the first access network device using a positioning measurement method.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is specifically configured to periodically send a second positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also configured to send the location information of the first tag to the tag management function network element.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also used to receive a second positioning request.
  • the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the second tag.
  • the second positioning request includes the identification of the second tag; the transceiver module 1201 , and is also used to send a fifth positioning request to the first access network device.
  • the fifth request is used to request positioning of the second tag.
  • the fifth positioning request includes the identification of the second tag.
  • the first access network device is also used to request the positioning of the second tag.
  • the second tag provides services; the transceiver module 1201 is also used to receive the fourth measurement result from the first access network device, and the fourth measurement result is used to determine the location information of the second tag.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also used to send the location information of the first device to the tag management function network element.
  • the first tag and the second tag are set on the first device.
  • the location information of the first device is Obtained based on the location information of the first tag and the location information of the second tag.
  • the location information of the first device is an average of the location information of the first tag and the location information of the second tag.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also configured to receive positioning assistance information from the first access network device, where the positioning assistance information includes at least one of the following: location information of the first access network device, Height information of the access network device or information of at least one positioning measurement method supported by the first access network device.
  • the first tag is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • the second tag is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • the communication device 120 is used to implement the function of the first access network device.
  • the communication device 120 is, for example, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 9
  • the transceiver module 1201 is used to receive the first inventory request.
  • the first inventory request is used to request inventory of at least one tag, the first inventory request includes information of at least one tag, and the at least one tag includes the first tag.
  • the transceiver module 1201 may be used to perform S402, S502a, S602, S702, S802 or S902.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also used to send the first message to the first tag.
  • the transceiver module 1201 can be used to perform S403, S503a, S603, S703, S803 or S903.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also used to receive the second message from the first tag.
  • the transceiver module 1201 can be used to perform S402, S504a, S604, S704, S804 or S904.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also configured to send a first measurement result, and the first measurement result is used to determine the location information of the first tag.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also used to execute S405, S509, S605, S709, S805 or S908.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also configured to receive a third positioning request from the location management function network element.
  • the third positioning request is used to request positioning of the first tag.
  • the third positioning request includes the first The label's identity.
  • the third positioning request further includes at least one of the following: positioning measurement method information, first tag type information, or first tag service type information.
  • the first measurement result is measured by the communication device 120 using the measurement method indicated by the information of the positioning measurement method.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is specifically configured to periodically receive the third positioning request from the location management function network element.
  • the first measurement result includes at least one of the following: the identity of the first cell, the first time difference, the first phase information or the first angle information; the first cell is the communication device 120 and the first tag In the serving cell that provides the service, the first time difference is the time difference between the time when the communication device 120 sends the first message to the first tag and the time when the communication device 120 receives the second message from the first tag, and the first phase information is used to indicate The carrier phase of the signal carrying the second message, or used to indicate the carrier phase of the signal carrying the first message and the carrier phase of the signal carrying the second message, and the first angle information is used to indicate the angle of arrival of the signal carrying the second message .
  • At least one tag also includes a second tag.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also configured to send a fifth message to the second tag; the transceiver module 1201 is also configured to receive a sixth message from the second tag. ;
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also used to send the fourth measurement result, and the fourth measurement result is used to determine the location information of the second tag.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also configured to receive a fifth positioning request from the location management function network element.
  • the fifth positioning request is used to request positioning of the second tag.
  • the fifth positioning request includes the second tag. The label's identity.
  • the fifth positioning request further includes at least one of the following: positioning measurement method information, second tag type information, or second tag service type information.
  • the fourth measurement result is measured by the communication device 120 using the positioning measurement method indicated by the fifth positioning request.
  • the positioning measurement method includes angle measurement, phase measurement, signal strength measurement, multi-antenna measurement, fingerprint positioning measurement or multi-tag assisted positioning measurement.
  • the transceiver module 1201 is also used to send positioning assistance information to the location management function network element.
  • the positioning assistance information includes at least one of the following: location information of the communication device 120, altitude information of the communication device 120, or Information about at least one positioning measurement method supported by the communication device 120 .
  • the first message is a selection message, a confirmation message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a message that triggers the first tag to send a reflected signal, or a sequence number request message.
  • the first tag is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • the second tag is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • the communication device 120 may take the form shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the processor 301 in Figure 3 can cause the communication device 120 to execute the method described in the above method embodiment by calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1201 in Figure 12 can be implemented by the processor 301 in Figure 3 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1201 in Figure 12 can be implemented through the communication interface 304 in Figure 3 .
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 130.
  • the communication device 130 includes a transceiver module 1301.
  • the transceiver module 1301 which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to perform transceiver operations.
  • it may be a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver, or a communication interface.
  • the communication device 130 also includes a processing module 1302.
  • the processing module 1302 which may also be called a processing unit, is used to perform operations other than sending and receiving operations, and may be, for example, a processing circuit or a processor.
  • the communication device 130 may also include a storage module (not shown in Figure 9) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the communication device 130 is used to implement the function of the first tag.
  • the communication device 130 is, for example, the first tag described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the transceiver module 1301 is used to receive the first message.
  • the first message is used to trigger the communication device 130 to reflect or reply to the received message.
  • the transceiver module 1301 may be used to perform S1001.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is also used to send the second message to the first access network device.
  • the signal carrying the second message is used by the first access network device to perform positioning measurement.
  • the transceiver module 1301 can also be used to perform S1002.
  • the processing module 1302 is configured to switch the switch in the communication device 130 to the first position according to the first message, so that the communication device 130 directly reflects the received message.
  • the first message is a selection message, a confirmation message, a query message, a message similar to a query message, a message that triggers the communication device 130 to send a reflected signal, a positioning message or a sequence number request message.
  • the second message is a reflection message of the first message, or the second message carries the identification of the communication device 130, a random number, a serial number, a check code, information similar to a random number, Information like a serial number or information like a check code.
  • the transceiver module 1301 is specifically configured to receive a first message from a core network element; or the transceiver module 1301 is specifically configured to receive a first message from a first access network device.
  • the core network element is an access and mobility management function network element, a location management function network element or a label management function network element.
  • the communication device 130 is a passive terminal or a semi-passive terminal.
  • the communication device 130 may take the form shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the processor 301 in Figure 3 can cause the communication device 130 to execute the method described in the above method embodiment by calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the transceiver module 1301 and the processing module 1302 in Figure 13 can be implemented by the processor 301 in Figure 3 calling computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303.
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1302 in Figure 13 can be implemented by the processor 301 in Figure 3 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 303
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1301 in Figure 13 can be implemented through Figure It is implemented by the communication interface 304 in 3.
  • the above modules or units can be implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of both.
  • the software exists in the form of computer program instructions and is stored in the memory.
  • the processor can be used to execute the program instructions and implement the above method flow.
  • the processor can be built into an SoC (System on a Chip) or ASIC, or it can be an independent semiconductor chip.
  • the processor can further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate array (FPGA), PLD (programmable logic device) , or a logic circuit that implements dedicated logic operations.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the hardware can be a CPU, a microprocessor, a digital signal processing (DSP) chip, a microcontroller unit (MCU), an artificial intelligence processor, an ASIC, Any one or any combination of SoC, FPGA, PLD, dedicated digital circuits, hardware accelerators or non-integrated discrete devices, which can run the necessary software or not rely on software to perform the above method flow.
  • DSP digital signal processing
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, including: at least one processor and an interface.
  • the at least one processor is coupled to the memory through the interface.
  • the at least one processor executes the computer program or instructions in the memory
  • the chip system further includes a memory.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by instructing relevant hardware through a computer program.
  • the program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium. When executed, the program can include the processes of the above method embodiments. .
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be an internal storage unit of the communication device of any of the aforementioned embodiments, such as a hard disk or memory of the communication device.
  • the above-mentioned computer-readable storage medium may also be an external storage device of the above-mentioned communication device, such as a plug-in hard disk, a smart media card (SMC), a secure digital (SD) card equipped on the above-mentioned communication device, Flash card, etc.
  • SMC smart media card
  • SD secure digital
  • the computer-readable storage medium may also include both an internal storage unit of the communication device and an external storage device.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium is used to store the above computer program and other programs and data required by the above communication device.
  • the above-mentioned computer-readable storage media can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by instructing relevant hardware through a computer program.
  • the program can be stored in the above computer program product. When executed, the program can include the processes of the above method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer instruction. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by computer instructions to instruct related hardware (such as computers, processors, access network equipment, mobility management network elements or session management network elements, etc.).
  • the program may be stored in the above-mentioned computer-readable storage medium or in the above-mentioned computer program product.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: the first access network device and the first tag in the above embodiment.
  • the communication system also includes: the TMF network element, and/or the AMF network element, and/or the LMF network element in the above embodiment.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be other division methods for example, multiple units or components may be The combination can either be integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated.
  • the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can either use hardware It can also be implemented in the form of software functional units.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了定位方法及装置,涉及无线通信领域,可以获取包括至少一个标签的信息的定位信息,基于定位信息向第一接入网设备发送包括至少一个标签的信息的第一盘点请求,以请求对至少一个标签进行盘点,并获取至少一个标签的位置信息,或者获取第一装置的位置信息。其中,第一装置上设置了至少一个标签。如此,可对标签或者设置了标签的第一装置进行定位。

Description

定位方法及装置
“本申请要求于2022年7月27日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210891163.8、发明名称为“定位方法及装置”的专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中”。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及定位方法及装置。
背景技术
射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)技术是一种以识别和数据交换为目的,利用感应、无线电波或者微波进行非接触双向通信的自动识别技术。RFID技术可以应用于无源物联网(passive IoT,PIoT)中,使得PIoT中的标签(tag/label)接受外部激励后与其他设备通信。
随着通信技术的发展,可以将无线通信系统,如第五代(5th generation,5G)系统,和PIoT相结合,从而增大标签与具备激励功能的设备之间的距离,并且使得该设备能够对标签统一管理。具体来说,可以将读卡器的盘点能力(如对标签的读、写、销毁或锁定等能力)集成到接入网设备,使得接入网设备能够对标签进行激励和盘点。然而,在无线通信系统和PIoT相结合的场景中,无法对标签进行定位,也就无法实现对标签的跟踪和监控。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供定位方法及装置,可以对标签或设置了标签的装置进行定位。
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案:
第一方面,提供了一种定位方法,执行该方法的通信装置可以为标签管理功能(tag management function,TMF)网元;也可以为应用于TMF网元中的模块,例如芯片或芯片系统。下面以执行主体为TMF网元为例进行描述。该方法包括:获取定位信息,该定位信息包括至少一个标签的信息;向第一接入网设备发送第一盘点请求,该第一盘点请求用于请求对该至少一个标签进行盘点,该第一盘点请求包括该至少一个标签的信息,该第一接入网设备为该至少一个标签提供服务;获取该至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,获取第一装置的位置信息,该第一装置上设置该至少一个标签。
基于上述第一方面提供的方法,TMF网元可获取定位信息,触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点,以获取至少一个标签的位置信息,实现对至少一个标签的定位,或者,获取至少一个标签所在的第一装置的位置信息,实现对第一装置的定位。可以理解的,在上述过程中,TMF网元可直接获取到至少一个标签的位置信息或第一装置的位置信息;或者,TMF网元先获取测量结果,根据测量结果得到至少一个标签的位置信息或第一装置的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该定位信息还包括以下至少一项:定位精度的信息、该第一接入网设备的地理区域信息、至少一个标签的地理区域信息、服务类型的信息、定位周期的信息或关联标识。
基于上述可能的实现方式,在定位信息还可包括定位精度的信息、第一接入网设备的地理区域信息、至少一个标签的地理区域信息、服务类型的信息、定位周期的信息或关联标识中的一种或多种信息,以便根据上述信息对标签进行定位。例如,TMF网元可根据定位精度的信息确定是否需要位置管理功能(location management function,LMF)网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位。TMF网元可根据第一接入网设备的地理区域信息和/或至少一个标签的地理区域信息确定用于盘点至少一个标签的第一接入网设备。TMF可根据服务类型的信息确定为至少一个标签提供何种服务。TMF网元可根据定位周期的信息确定每隔多长时间对至少一个标签进行定位。TMF网元可用关联标识来标识相关的消息,使得接收端确定该消息与至少一个标签有关。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该服务类型包括单次盘点、连续盘点或周期性盘点,该关联标识用于标识与该至少一个标签的定位和/或盘点相关的信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可为至少一个标签提供单次盘点、连续盘点或周期性盘点等服务。还可通过关联标识来标识与至少一个标签的定位和/或盘点相关的信息。可以理解的,当为一个标签提供单次盘点服务时,可获取该标签的位置信息;当为一个标签提供连续盘点服务时,可在一段时间内多次获取该标签的位置信息,以实现对该标签的跟踪和监控;当为一个标签提供周期性盘点服务时,可周期性地获取该标签的位置信息,以实现对该标签的跟踪和监控。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个标签包括第一标签,该方法还包括:向LMF网元发送第一定位请求,该第一定位请求用于请求对该第一标签进行定位,该第一定位请求包括该第一标签的标识。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以触发LMF网元对第一标签进行定位,以获取第一标签的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一定位请求还包括以下至少一项:该第一标签的类型信息或该第一标签的服务类型的信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一定位请求还可包括第一标签的类型信息和/或第一标签的服务类型的信息,以便对第一标签进行定位。例如,可根据第一标签的类型信息确定第一标签的类型,根据第一标签的类型采用适合第一标签的方式进行定位。可根据第一标签的服务类型的信息确定第一标签的服务类型,为第一标签提供对应的服务。
在一种可能的实现方式中,向LMF网元发送第一定位请求,包括:周期性地向该LMF网元发送该第一定位请求。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以周期性地对第一标签进行定位,以实现对该标签的跟踪和监控。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个标签还包括第二标签,获取第一装置的位置信息,包括:接收来自该LMF网元的该第一装置的位置信息,该第一装置的位置信息是根据该第一标签的位置信息和该第二标签的位置信息得到的。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可根据第一标签的位置信息和第二标签的位置信息确定第一装置的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:向该LMF网元发送第二定位请求,该第二定位请求用于请求对该第二标签进行定位,该第二定位请求包括该第二标签的标识。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以对第二标签进行定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个标签包括第一标签,该获取该至少一个标签的位置信息,包括:接收来自该第一接入网设备的第一测量结果,该第一测量结果是该第一接入网设备在对该第一标签进行盘点的过程中获取的,该第一测量结果用于确定该第一标签的位置信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可根据在对第一标签进行盘点的过程获取的第一测量结果对第一标签进行定位。此时,除了盘点过程中发送的消息之外,第一标签不需要再发送用于测量的消息,降低了第一标签的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一测量结果包括以下至少一项:第一小区的标识、第一时间差、第一相位信息或第一角度信息;该第一小区为该第一接入网设备为该第一标签提供服务的服务小区,该第一时间差为该第一接入网设备向该第一标签发送第一消息的时间与该第一接入网设备接收来自该第一标签的第二消息的时间之间的时间差,该第一相位信息用于指示承载该第二消息的信号的载波相位,或者用于指示承载该第一消息的信号的载波相位和承载该第二消息的信号的载波相位,该第一角度信息用于指示承载该第二消息的信号的到达角度。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可根据第一小区的标识、第一时间差、第一相位信息或第一角度信息对第一标签进行定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:向应用功能网元和/或网络开放功能网元发送该至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,向应用功能网元和/或网络开放功能网元发送该第一装置的位置信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可向应用功能网元和/或网络开放功能网元发送至少一个标签的位置信息或第一装置的位置信息,以便应用功能网元和/或网络开放功能网元使用至少一个标签的位 置信息或第一装置的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个标签包括第一标签,该方法还包括:向该第一标签发送第三消息,该第三消息用于触发该第一标签向该第一接入网设备发送第四消息,使得该第一接入网设备对承载该第四消息的信号进行测量。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可触发第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第四消息,以便第一接入网设备基于承载第四消息的信号进行测量。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发该第一标签发送反射信号的消息、定位消息或序列号请求消息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发该第一标签发送反射信号的消息、定位消息或序列号请求消息可以触发第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第四消息,以便第一接入网设备基于承载第四消息的信号进行测量。
在一种可能的实现方式中,获取该至少一个标签的位置信息,包括:接收来自该LMF网元的该第一标签的位置信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以从位置功能管理网元获取第一标签的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个标签中的任意一个标签为无源终端或半无源终端。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以对无源终端或半无源终端进行定位。
第二方面,提供了一种定位方法,执行该方法的通信装置可以为LMF网元;也可以为应用于LMF网元中的模块,例如芯片或芯片系统。下面以执行主体为LMF网元为例进行描述。该方法包括:接收第一定位请求,该第一定位请求用于请求对第一标签进行定位,该第一定位请求包括该第一标签的标识;向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求,该第三定位请求用于请求对该第一标签进行定位,该第三定位请求包括该第一标签的标识,该第一接入网设备为该第一标签提供服务;接收来自该第一接入网设备的第二测量结果,该第二测量结果用于确定该第一标签的位置信息。
基于上述第二方面提供的方法,LMF网元可以接收第一定位请求,并向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求,以触发第一接入网设备对第一标签进行定位测量,得到第二测量结果,并将第二测量结果发送给LMF网元,使得LMF网元可根据第二测量结果对第一标签进行定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:向第二接入网设备发送第四定位请求,该第四定位请求用于请求第二接入网设备对该第一标签进行定位,该第四定位请求包括该第一标签的标识;接收来自该第二接入网设备的第三测量结果,该第三测量结果和该第二测量结果共同用于确定该第一标签的位置信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备也可对第一标签进行定位测量,得到第三测量结果,使得LMF网元可根据第二测量结果和第三测量结果对第一标签定位,得到更准确的定位结果。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一定位请求还包括以下至少一项:该第一标签的类型信息或该第一标签的服务类型的信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一定位请求还可包括第一标签的类型信息和/或第一标签的服务类型的信息,以便对第一标签进行定位。例如,可根据第一标签的类型信息确定第一标签的类型,根据第一标签的类型采用适合第一标签的方式进行定位。可根据第一标签的服务类型的信息确定第一标签的服务类型,为第一标签提供对应的服务。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、该第一标签的类型信息或该第一标签的服务类型的信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第三定位请求还包括定位测量方式的信息、该第一标签的类型信息或该第一标签的服务类型的信息中的一种或多种,以便对第一标签进行定位。例如,可根据定位测量方式的信息确定定位测量方式,并采用该定位测量方式进行定位测量。可根据第一标签的类型信息确定第一标签的类型,根据第一标签的类型采用适合第一标签的方式进行定位。可根据第一标签的服务类型的信息确定第一标签的服务类型,为第一标签提供对应的服务。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该定位测量方式包括角度测量、相位测量、信号强度测量、多天线测量、指纹定位测量或多标签辅助定位测量。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可采用多种方式进行定位测量,增加了定位测量的灵活性和多样 性。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二测量结果是该第一接入网设备采用该定位测量方式进行测量得到的。
基于上述可能的实现方式,LMF网元可以指示定位测量方式,使得第一接入网设备可采用合适的定位测量方式进行定位测量。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该向第一接入网设备发送第二定位请求,包括:周期性地向该第一接入网设备发送该第二定位请求。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可周期性地对第一标签进行定位,以实现对该标签的跟踪和监控。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:向该TMF网元发送该第一标签的位置信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以向TMF网元发送第一标签的位置信息,以便TMF网元向应用功能网元发送第一标签的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第二定位请求,该第二定位请求用于请求对第二标签进行定位,该第二定位请求包括该第二标签的标识;向该第一接入网设备发送第五定位请求,该第五请求用于请求对该第二标签进行定位,该第五定位请求包括该第二标签的标识,该第一接入网设备还为该第二标签提供服务;接收来自该第一接入网设备的第四测量结果,该第四测量结果用于确定该第二标签的位置信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,还可接收第二定位请求,并向第一接入网设备发送第五定位请求,以触发第一接入网设备对第二标签进行定位测量,得到第四测量结果,并将第四测量结果发送给LMF网元,使得LMF网元可根据第四测量结果对第二标签进行定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:向TMF网元发送第一装置的位置信息,该第一装置上设置该第一标签和该第二标签,该第一装置的位置信息是根据该第一标签的位置信息和该第二标签的位置信息得到的。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可向TMF网元发送第一装置的位置信息,以便标签管理网元向应用功能网元发送第一装置的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一装置的位置信息为该第一标签的位置信息和该第二标签的位置信息的平均值。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可对第一标签的位置信息和第二标签的位置信息求平均,得到第一装置的位置信息,使得第一装置的位置信息更为准确。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自该第一接入网设备的定位辅助信息,该定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:该第一接入网设备的位置信息、该第一接入网设备的高度信息或该第一接入网设备支持的至少一种定位测量方式的信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可从第一接入网设备获取定位辅助信息,以辅助对第一标签进行定位。例如,可结合第一接入网设备的位置信息对标签进行定位;或者,可结合第一接入网设备的位置信息和第一接入网设备的高度信息对标签进行定位;或者,可根据第一接入网设备支持的定位测量方式确定要采用的定位测量方式。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一标签为无源终端或半无源终端。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以对无源终端或半无源终端进行定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二标签为无源终端或半无源终端。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以对无源终端或半无源终端进行定位。
第三方面,提供了一种定位方法,执行该方法的通信装置可以为第一接入网设备;也可以为应用于第一接入网设备中的模块,例如芯片或芯片系统。下面以执行主体为第一接入网设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:接收第一盘点请求,该第一盘点请求用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点,该第一盘点请求包括该至少一个标签的信息,该至少一个标签包括第一标签;向该第一标签发送第一消息;接收来自该第一标签的第二消息;发送第一测量结果,该第一测量结果用于确定该第一标签的位置信息。
基于上述第三方面提供的方法,第一接入网设备可以接收第一盘点请求,根据第一盘点请求对第一标签进行盘点,并获取第一测量结果。如此,第一接入网设备可基于第一测量结果对第一 标签进行定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自LMF网元的第三定位请求,该第三定位请求用于请求对该第一标签进行定位,该第三定位请求包括该第一标签的标识。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可根据第三定位请求对第一标签进行定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、该第一标签的类型信息或该第一标签的服务类型的信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第三定位请求还包括定位测量方式的信息、该第一标签的类型信息或该第一标签的服务类型的信息中的一种或多种,以便对第一标签进行定位。例如,可根据定位测量方式的信息确定定位测量方式,并采用该定位测量方式进行定位测量。可根据第一标签的类型信息确定第一标签的类型,根据第一标签的类型采用适合第一标签的方式进行定位。可根据第一标签的服务类型的信息确定第一标签的服务类型,为第一标签提供对应的服务。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一测量结果是该第一接入网设备采用该定位测量方式的信息指示的测量方式进行测量得到的。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可根据LMF网元指示的定位测量方式进行定位测量。
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收来自LMF网元的第一定位请求,包括:周期性地接收来自该LMF网元的该第三定位请求。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可周期性地对第一标签进行定位,以实现对该标签的跟踪和监控。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一测量结果包括以下至少一项:第一小区的标识、第一时间差、第一相位信息或第一角度信息;该第一小区为该第一接入网设备为该第一标签提供服务的服务小区,该第一时间差为该第一接入网设备向该第一标签发送该第一消息的时间与该第一接入网设备接收来自该第一标签的该第二消息的时间之间的时间差,该第一相位信息用于指示承载该第二消息的信号的载波相位,或者用于指示承载该第一消息的信号的载波相位和承载该第二消息的信号的载波相位,该第一角度信息用于指示承载该第二消息的信号的到达角度。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可获取第一小区的标识、第一时间差、第一相位信息或第一角度信息,以便对第一标签进行定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个标签还包括第二标签,该方法还包括:向该第二标签发送第五消息;接收来自该第二标签的第六消息;发送第四测量结果,该第四测量结果用于确定该第二标签的位置信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备还可对第二标签进行定位测量,获取第四测量结果,并向其他设备发送该第四测量结果,以便其他设备根据第四测量结果对第二标签进行定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自LMF网元的第五定位请求,该第五定位请求用于请求对该第二标签进行定位,该第五定位请求包括该第二标签的标识。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可根据第五定位请求对第二标签进行定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第五定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、该第二标签的类型信息或该第二标签的服务类型的信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第五定位请求还包括定位测量方式的信息、该第二标签的类型信息或该第二标签的服务类型的信息中的一种或多种,以便对第二标签进行定位。例如,可根据定位测量方式的信息确定定位测量方式,并采用该定位测量方式进行定位测量。可根据第二标签的类型信息确定第二标签的类型,根据第二标签的类型采用适合第二标签的方式进行定位。可根据第二标签的服务类型的信息确定第二标签的服务类型,为第二标签提供对应的服务。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四测量结果是该第一接入网设备采用该第五定位请求指示的定位测量方式进行测量得到的。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可根据LMF网元指示的定位测量方式进行定位测量。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该定位测量方式包括角度测量、相位测量、信号强度测量、多天 线测量、指纹定位测量或多标签辅助定位测量。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可采用多种方式进行定位测量,增加了定位测量的灵活性和多样性。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:向LMF网元发送定位辅助信息,该定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:该第一接入网设备的位置信息、该第一接入网设备的高度信息或该第一接入网设备支持的至少一种定位测量方式的信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可向LMF网元发送定位辅助信息,以使得LMF网元辅助对第一标签进行定位。例如,可使得LMF网元结合第一接入网设备的位置信息对标签进行定位;或者,可使得LMF网元结合第一接入网设备的位置信息和第一接入网设备的高度信息对标签进行定位;或者,可使得LMF网元根据第一接入网设备支持的定位测量方式确定要采用的定位测量方式。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发该第一标签发送反射信号的消息或序列号请求消息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可采用多种类型的消息触发第一标签发送第二消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一标签为无源终端或半无源终端。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以对无源终端或半无源终端进行定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二标签为无源终端或半无源终端。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以对无源终端或半无源终端进行定位。
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,执行该方法的通信装置可以为第一标签;也可以为应用于第一标签中的模块,例如芯片或芯片系统。下面以执行主体为第一标签为例进行描述,第一标签为无源终端或半无源终端。该方法包括:接收第一消息,该第一消息用于触发该第一标签对接收到的消息进行反射或回复;向该第一接入网设备发送第二消息,承载该第二消息的信号用于该第一接入网设备进行定位测量。
基于上述第四方面提供的方法,可通过第一消息触发第一标签发送第二消息,以便第一接入网设备根据承载第二消息的信号进行定位测量,实现对第一标签的定位。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:根据该第一消息,将该第一标签中的开关切换到第一位置,使得该第一标签直接对接收到的消息进行反射,也即对携带了消息的信号直接进行反射。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可使得第一标签处于反射模式。在反射模式下,第一标签可不解析接收到的消息,而是直接对接收到的信号进行反射,以降低通信时延,并减少第一标签的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发该第一标签发送反射信号的消息、定位消息或序列号请求消息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,可采用多种类型的消息触发第一标签对接收到的消息进行反射或回复。可以理解的,当该第一消息为触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息,则第一标签在接收到第一消息后,将开关切换到反射位置,如第一位置,使得该第一标签直接对接收到的信号进行反射。在这种情况下,第二消息即为反射信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二消息为该第一消息的反射消息,或者,该第二消息携带该第一标签的标识、随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可通过对第一消息的反射消息,或者携带第一标签的标识、随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息的消息进行定位测量,从而实现对第一标签的定位。可以理解的,当第一消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、定位消息或序列号请求消息时,第二消息为携带该第一标签的标识、随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息的消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收第一消息,包括:接收来自核心网网元的该第一消息;或者,接收来自该第一接入网设备的该第一消息。
基于上述可能的实现方式,核心网设备或第一接入网设备都可触发第一标签对接收到的消息进行反射或回复。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该核心网网元为接入和移动性管理功能网元、LMF网元或TMF网元。
基于上述可能的实现方式,接入和移动性管理功能网元、LMF网元或TMF网元都可触发第一标签对接收到的消息进行反射或回复。
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可用于实现上述方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的TMF网元,或者包含上述TMF网元的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的LMF网元,或者包含上述LMF的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第三方面中的第一接入网设备,或者包含上述第一接入网设备的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第四方面中的第一标签,或者包含上述第一标签的装置。该通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。
结合上述第五方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以包括收发模块。该收发模块,也可以称为收发单元,用以实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。
结合上述第三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和接收功能。
结合上述第三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括处理模块,该处理模块,可以用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的处理功能。该处理模块例如可以为处理器。
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器;该处理器用于与存储器耦合,并读取存储器中的指令之后,根据该指令执行如上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的TMF网元,或者包含上述TMF网元的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的LMF网元,或者包含上述LMF网元的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第三方面中的第一接入网设备,或者包含上述第一接入网设备的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第四方面中的第一标签,或者包含上述第一标签的装置。
结合上述第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。
结合上述第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。可选的,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和接口电路;接口电路,用于接收计算机程序或指令并传输至处理器;处理器用于执行所述计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执执行如上述任一方面所述的方法。
结合上述第七方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。可选的,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
第八方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。
第九方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。
其中,第五方面至第九方面中任一种可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面至第四方面中任一方面或任一方面中不同可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。
第十方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括用于执行上述第一方面所述的方法的TMF网元、以及用于执行上述第二方面所述的方法的LMF网元、以及用于执行上述第三方面所述的方法的第一接入网设备。
结合上述第十方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信系统还包括用于执行上述第四方面所述的方法的第一标签。
可以理解的是,在方案不矛盾的前提下,上述各个方面中的方案均可以结合。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例提供的标签的示意图;
图2A为本申请实施例提供的通信系统架构示意图一;
图2B为本申请实施例提供的通信系统架构示意图二;
图2C为本申请实施例提供的通信系统架构示意图三;
图2D为本申请实施例提供的5G架构示意图;
图3为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的硬件结构示意图;
图4为本申请实施例提供的定位方法的流程示意图一;
图5为本申请实施例提供的定位方法的流程示意图二;
图6为本申请实施例提供的定位方法的流程示意图三;
图7为本申请实施例提供的定位方法的流程示意图四;
图8为本申请实施例提供的定位方法的流程示意图五;
图9为本申请实施例提供的定位方法的流程示意图六;
图10为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程示意图;
图11为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图一;
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图二;
图13为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图三。
具体实施方式
在介绍本申请实施例之前,对本申请实施例涉及的相关技术术语进行解释说明。可以理解的是,这些解释说明是为了让本申请实施例更容易被理解,而不应该视为对本申请实施例所要求的保护范围的限定。
1、盘点
本申请实施例中,盘点还可以称为盘存或者还可以有其他命名,是读卡器对标签执行的操作,如读、写、销毁、锁定或者获取标签的标识、校验码或序列号等用来确定标签标识的操作等等。
2、读卡器
本申请实施例中,读卡器还可称为标签阅读器、阅读器或读写器等,是一种能够获取和处理标签的数据的装置。
本申请实施例中,读卡器可以通过内置的天线向标签发送射频信号,以便向标签查询数据或写入数据,或者使得标签返回反射信号。
本申请实施例中,读卡器可以集成到无线通信系统中的网元中,例如,集成到接入网设备中,使得接入网设备具备盘点能力。
3、标签
本申请实施例中,标签还可以称为电子标签、RFID标签、RFID电子标签或射频卡等,能够响应其他设备发送的射频信号。标签可携带标识。作为一种示例,标签为有源标签、无源标签或半无源标签等。其中,源可以指电源。
本申请实施例中,有源标签具有内部供电模块,可以自主探测读卡器的信号并随时主动发射信号,以将存储在标签中的信息发送到读写器。有源标签还可称为有源终端。
本申请实施例中,无源标签不具有内部供电模块,不需要额外的能量供应,可以通过收集能量(如通过后向散射技术收集能量)来收发信息。无源标签包括但不限于RFID无源标签、蓝牙无源标签、无源物联网(passive IoT)终端、环境使能物联网(ambient IoT)终端或Zigbee无源标签等。无源标签还可称为无源终端。
本申请实施例中,半无源标签还可以称为半有源标签,半无源终端或半有源终端等等,其本身虽然具有内部供电模块,但是该内部供电模块通常不用于发送射频信号,而是对标签内部需要供电维持数据的电路提供电压,或者用于维持标签中芯片的工作。通常情况下,半无源标签是处 于休眠状态的,不工作且不对外发送射频信号,相当于无源标签,其内部供电模块的能量消耗极少,因而部分半无源标签的供电模块可以维持数年有效。当半无源标签进入读卡器的信号范围内时,该半无源标签收到读卡器发出的射频信号的激励,才被激活进入工作状态,并且,半无源标签与读卡器之间信息交换的能量支持是以读卡器供应的射频能量为主。
本申请实施例中,标签可以处于正常回复模式或者反射模式。处于正常回复模式的标签接收到射频信号后,解析并处理该信号。如经过解析后回复一串随机数(random or pseudo-random number,RN)、序列号(serial number,SN)或确认(acknowledgement,ACK)消息等。处于反射模式的标签接收到射频信号后,可以不进行解析,而是直接对接收到的射频信号进行直接反射回复。
示例性的,如图1所示,为标签的示意图。在图1中,标签包括用于收发信号的天线、与天线连接的能量收集模块(如能力收集器(energy harvester))和开关(switch)。开关可以置于位置1或位置2。当开关置于位置1时,开关与解码模块(如信息解码器(information decoder))连接,用于解析接收到的信号。当开关置于位置2时,开关与调制模块(如可变阻抗(variable impedance))连接,用于调制信号。解码模块和调制模块还可以与控制模块(如微控制器
(micro-controller))连接,控制模块可以控制解码模块对信号进行解析,还可以控制调制模块调制信号并将调制后的信号经天线发射出去。
作为一种示例,图1所示的标签可通过天线接收射频信号的激励,进入工作状态。当开关置于位置1时,标签处于正常回复模式,可通过解码模块解析信号。当开关置于位置2时,标签处于反射模式,可通过调制模块直接回复一个信号,而不解析接收到的信号。可选的,图1所示的标签还包括电池(battery),用于通过能量收集模块获取射频信号的能量,并向解码模块和控制模块提供能量。
可以理解的,图1仅是标签的示意图。在实际应用中,标签可以包括比图1所示更少或更多的模块,不予限制。
在一些实施例中,标签还可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备,如终端。终端可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端还可以称为终端设备,终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE),其中,UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地,UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。
可以理解的,上述仅是标签的示例,在具体应用中,标签还可以是其他形式的。例如,标签还可以是条形码或二维码等用图形标记信息的标识符,不予限制。
4、接入网设备
本申请实施例中,接入网设备为任意一种具有无线收发功能,并且具备读卡器的功能的设备。接入网设备包括但不限于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),新无线(new radio,NR)中的基站(gNodeB或gNB)或收发点(transmission receiving point/transmission reception point,TRP),第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)后续演进的基站,WiFi系统中的接入节点,无线中继节点,无线回传节点等。基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站,或,气球站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种技术的网络,也可以支持上述提及的不同技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的TRP。接入网设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。接入网设备还可以是集中单元(centralized unit,CU),和/或,分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。接入网设备还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,机器通信设备、或车载设备等。
5、定位测量方式
本申请实施例中,定位测量方式可包括角度测量、相位测量、信号强度测量、多天线测量、 指纹定位测量或多标签辅助定位测量中的一种或多种。下面进行具体介绍。
角度测量可指接入网设备测量标签发送的信号的到达角度。后续,核心网设备,如标签管理功能(tag management function,TMF)网元或位置管理功能(location management function,LMF)网元,可结合多个接入网设备测量的到达角度,确定该标签的位置。该信号可以承载标签发送给接入网设备的消息。
相位测量可指接入网设备测量接收到标签发送的信号时,该信号的载波相位。后续,核心网设备,如TMF网元或LMF网元,可结合多个接入网设备测量的载波相位,确定该标签的位置。该信号可以承载标签发送给接入网设备的消息。
信号强度测量可指接入网设备测量接收到的来自标签的信号的强度。后续,核心网设备,如TMF网元或LMF网元,可结合多个接入网设备测量的来自标签的信号的强度,确定该标签的位置。
多天线测量可指接入网设备通过多个天线测量来自标签的信号的特征信息,如:信号的到达角度和/或信号的载波相位等。后续,核心网设备,如TMF网元或LMF网元,可结合多个天线测量的特征信息,以及该多个天线的部署距离和/或部署角度,确定该标签的位置。上述信号可以承载标签发送给接入网设备的消息。
指纹定位测量可指接入网设备测量来自标签的信号的特征信息,如:信号的到达角度,和/或,信号的载波相位,和/或,接收信号的强度等。后续,核心网设备,如TMF网元或LMF网元,可根据测量的特征信息,以及提前获取的特征信息与位置信息的对应关系,确定标签的位置。
示例性的,以测量的特征信息包括接入网设备测量来自标签的信号1的到达角度1和信号1的载波相位1为例,核心网设备可将提前获取的特征信息与位置信息的对应关系中,到达角度1和载波相位1对应的位置信息,确定为标签的位置信息。
多标签辅助测量可指接入网设备测量来自装置上设置的多个标签的信号的特征信息,如:信号的到达角度和/或信号的载波相位等。后续,核心网设备,如TMF网元或LMF网元,可结合测量的特征信息,确定多个标签的位置信息,根据多个标签的位置信息确定该装置的位置。
下面结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。
本申请实施例提供的方法可用于各种通信系统。例如,该通信系统可以为LTE系统、5G通信系统、WiFi系统、3GPP相关的通信系统、未来演进的通信系统(如:第六代(6th generation,6G)通信系统等)、或多种系统融合的系统等,不予限制。其中,5G还可以称为新无线(new radio,NR)。
下面以图2A-图2D所示的通信系统为例,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行描述。图2A-图2D仅为示意图,并不构成对本申请提供的技术方案的适用场景的限定。
如图2A所示,为本申请实施例提供的通信系统20的架构示意图。图2A中,通信系统20可以包括TMF网元201、可与TMF网元201通信的接入网设备202、以及可与接入网设备202通信的标签203。其中,标签和接入网设备的介绍可以参考前文对本申请涉及的技术术语的描述。
可选的,通信系统20还包括可与TMF网元201以及接入网设备202通信的LMF网元206,和/或,可与接入网设备202通信的标签204。
可选的,标签203和标签204可设置在一个装置(如装置205)上。
本申请实施例中,设置了标签的装置,例如,装置205,可以是任意一个物体或设备,包括但不限于:终端、货架或包裹等。
本申请实施例中,TMF网元还可以有其他的名称,或者可以是现有的任意一个网元,不予限制。
在一些实施例中,TMF网元201可以获取包括至少一个标签的信息的定位信息,向接入网设备202发送包括至少一个标签的信息的第一盘点请求。其中,至少一个标签包括标签203,第一盘点请求可用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点。接入网设备202接收到第一盘点请求后,可对标签203进行盘点,在盘点的过程中获取第一测量结果,并向TMF网元201发送第一测量结果,使得TMF网元201根据第一测量结果确定标签203的位置信息,以实现对标签203的定位,或者使得TMF网元201根据第一测量结果确定装置205的位置信息,以实现对装置205的定位。上述过 程将在图4所示实施例中具体阐述,在此不做赘述。
在另一些实施例中,TMF网元201可以获取包括至少一个标签的信息的定位信息,触发接入网设备202对标签203进行盘点,对承载来自标签203的消息的信号进行测量(或定位测量),将测量得到的第二测量结果发送给LMF网元206。其中,至少一个标签包括标签203。LMF网元206接收到第二测量结果后,可根据第二测量结果确定标签203的位置信息,以实现对标签203的定位,或者可根据第二测量结果确定装置205的位置信息,以实现对装置205的定位。上述过程将在图5所示实施例中具体阐述,在此不做赘述。
如图2B所示,为本申请实施例提供的通信系统21的架构示意图。图2B中,通信系统21可以包括接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元211、可与AMF网元211通信的接入网设备212、以及可与接入网设备212通信的标签213。其中,标签和接入网设备的介绍可以参考前文对本申请涉及的技术术语的描述。在图2B中,AMF网元211可承担图2A中TMF网元的功能。
可选的,通信系统21还包括可与AMF网元211通信的LMF网元216,和/或,可与接入网设备212通信的标签214。
可选的,标签213和标签214可设置在一个装置(如装置215)上。其中,装置215的介绍可以参考图2A中对装置205的描述。
在一些实施例中,AMF网元211可以获取包括至少一个标签的信息的定位信息,向接入网设备212发送包括至少一个标签的信息的第一盘点请求。其中,至少一个标签包括标签213,第一盘点请求可用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点。接入网设备212接收到第一盘点请求后,可对标签213进行盘点,在盘点的过程中获取第一测量结果,并向AMF网元211发送第一测量结果,使得AMF网元211根据第一测量结果确定标签213的位置信息,以实现对标签213的定位,或者使得AMF网元211根据第一测量结果确定装置215的位置信息,以实现对装置215的定位。上述过程将在图6所示实施例中具体阐述,在此不做赘述。
在另一些实施例中,AMF网元211可以获取包括至少一个标签的信息的定位信息,触发接入网设备212对标签213进行盘点,对承载来自标签213的消息的信号进行测量,将测量得到的第二测量结果发送给LMF网元216。其中,至少一个标签包括标签213。LMF网元216接收到第二测量结果后,可根据第二测量结果确定标签213的位置信息,以实现对标签213的定位,或者可根据第二测量结果确定装置215的位置信息,以实现对装置215的定位。上述过程将在图7所示实施例中具体阐述,在此不做赘述。
如图2C所示,为本申请实施例提供的通信系统22的架构示意图。图2C中,通信系统22可以包括LMF网元221、可与LMF网元221通信的接入网设备222、以及可与接入网设备222通信的标签223。其中,标签和接入网设备的介绍可以参考前文对本申请涉及的技术术语的描述。在图2C中,LMF网元221可承担图2A中TMF网元的功能以及对标签进行定位的功能。
可选的,通信系统22还包括可与接入网设备222通信的标签224。
可选的,标签223和标签224可设置在一个装置(如装置225)上。其中,装置225的介绍可以参考图2A中对装置205的描述。
在一些实施例中,LMF网元221可以获取包括至少一个标签的信息的定位信息,向接入网设备222发送包括至少一个标签的信息的第一盘点请求。其中,至少一个标签包括标签223,第一盘点请求可用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点。接入网设备222接收到第一盘点请求后,可对标签223进行盘点,在盘点的过程中获取第一测量结果,并向LMF网元221发送第一测量结果,使得LMF网元221根据第一测量结果确定标签223的位置信息,以实现对标签223的定位,或者使得LMF网元221根据第一测量结果确定装置225的位置信息,以实现对装置225的定位。上述过程将在图8所示实施例中具体阐述,在此不做赘述。
在另一些实施例中,LMF网元221可以获取包括至少一个标签的信息的定位信息,触发接入网设备222对标签223进行盘点,对承载来自标签203的消息的信号进行测量,将测量得到的第二测量结果发送给LMF网元221。LMF网元221接收到第二测量结果后,可根据第二测量结果确定标签223的位置信息,以实现对标签223的定位,或者可根据第二测量结果确定装置225的位 置信息,以实现对装置225的定位。上述过程将在图9所示实施例中具体阐述,在此不做赘述。
可以理解的,图2A-图2C所示的通信系统仅用于举例,并非用于限制本申请的技术方案。本领域的技术人员应当明白,在具体实现过程中,上述任一通信系统还可以包括其他设备,同时也可根据具体需要来确定TMF网元、AMF网元、LMF网元、接入网设备、标签或装置等的数量,不予限制。
可选的,上述任一通信系统可适用于目前正在讨论的5G网络,也可以适用于4G网络或未来的其他网络等,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。
示例性的,以上述任一通信系统适用于5G网络为例,则上述通信系统中的接入网设备所对应的网元或者实体可以为图2D所示的5G网络中的接入网设备。上述标签所对应的网元或者实体可以为图2D所示的5G网络中的标签。上述LMF网元所对应的网元或者实体可以为图2D所示的5G网络中的LMF网元。上述TMF网元所对应的网元或者实体可以为图2D所示的5G网络中的TMF网元。上述AMF网元所对应的网元或者实体可以为图2D所示的5G网络中的AMF网元。上述装置所对应的网元或者实体可以为图2D所示的5G网络中的装置。
此外,如图2D所示,该5G网络还可包括会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元和应用功能(application function,AF)网元等。
可选的,AMF网元、SMF网元、UPF网元、NEF网元或AF网元还可具备如下功能:
AMF网元可进行移动性管理、接入鉴权/授权等功能。
SMF网元可以用于会话管理、用户设备的网络互连协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户平面功能、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等等。
UPF网元可作为和数据网络的接口,完成用户面数据转发、基于会话/流级的计费统计,带宽限制等功能。即分组路由和转发以及用户面数据的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)处理等。
NEF网元可用于向AF网元暴露3GPP网络功能的业务和能力,同时也可以让AF网元向3GPP网络功能提供信息。
AF可表示第三方或运营商的应用功能,是5G移动通信系统获取外部应用数据的接口,主要用于传递应用侧对网络侧的需求。
可选的,本申请实施例图2A-图2C中的各网元或设备(例如TMF网元、LMF网元、AMF网元、接入网设备或标签等)也可以称之为通信装置,其可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选的,本申请实施例图2A-图2C中的各网元或设备(例如TMF网元、LMF网元、AMF网元、接入网设备或标签等)的相关功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是由一个设备内的一个或多个功能模块实现,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。可以理解的是,上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者硬件与软件的结合,或者平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。
在具体实现时,本申请实施例图2A-图2C中的各网元或设备(例如TMF网元、LMF网元、AMF网元、接入网设备或标签等)都可以采用图3所示的组成结构,或者包括图3所示的部件。图3所示为可适用于本申请实施例的通信装置的硬件结构示意图。该通信装置30包括至少一个处理器301和至少一个通信接口304,用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法。该通信装置30还可以包括通信线路302和存储器303。
处理器301可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。
通信线路302可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息,例如总线。
通信接口304,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信。通信接口304可以是任何收发器一类的装置,如可以是以太网接口、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)接口、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)接口、收发器、管脚、总线、或收发电路等。
存储器303可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他 类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路302与处理器301相耦合。存储器303也可以和处理器301集成在一起。本申请实施例提供的存储器通常可以具有非易失性。
其中,存储器303用于存储执行本申请实施例提供的方案所涉及的计算机执行指令,并由处理器301来控制执行。处理器301用于执行存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请实施例提供的方法。或者,可选的,本申请实施例中,也可以是处理器301执行本申请下述实施例提供的方法中的处理相关的功能,通信接口304负责与其他设备或通信网络通信,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。
作为一种实施例,处理器301可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图3中的CPU0和CPU1。
作为一种实施例,通信装置30可以包括多个处理器,例如图3中的处理器301和处理器305。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
可以理解的,图3中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图3所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行描述。下述实施例中的各网元可以具备图3所示部件,不予赘述。
可以理解的是,本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可以理解的是,在本申请实施例中,“/”可以表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;“和/或”可以用于描述关联对象存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。此外,类似于“A、B和C中的至少一项”或“A、B或C中的至少一项”的表述通常用于表示如下中任一项:单独存在A;单独存在B;单独存在C;同时存在A和B;同时存在A和C;同时存在B和C;同时存在A、B和C。以上是以A、B和C共三个元素进行举例来说明该项目的可选用条目,当表述中具有更多元素时,该表述的含义可以按照前述规则获得。
为了便于描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请实施例中,可以采用“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能相同或相似的技术特征进行区分。该“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示例子、例证或说明,被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。
可以理解,说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各个实施例未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。可以理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
可以理解,在本申请实施例中,“当…时”和“若”以及均指在某种客观情况下会做出相应 的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。
可以理解,本申请实施例中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,比如其当前所基于的方案,而独立实施,解决相应的技术问题,达到相应的效果,也可以在某些场景下,依据需求与其他特征进行结合。相应的,本申请实施例中给出的装置也可以相应的实现这些特征或功能,在此不予赘述。
可以理解的,本申请实施例中同一个步骤或者具有相同功能的步骤或者技术特征在不同实施例之间可以互相参考借鉴。
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,TMF网元、接入网设备、LMF网元、AMF网元或标签等可执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它步骤或者各种步骤的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部步骤。
如图4所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种定位方法,该定位方法可以包括如下步骤:
S401:TMF网元获取定位信息。
其中,TMF网元可以是图2A中的TMF网元201。
一种可能的设计,定位信息可包括至少一个标签的信息。
其中,至少一个标签可包括任意一个或多个标签。例如,至少一个标签包括图2A中的标签203和/或标签204。
本申请实施例中,至少一个标签的信息可包括至少一个标签的标识或至少一个标签的组对象。该组对象可以是该至少一个标签的掩码信息。该掩码信息经掩码与标签的标识匹配可得到待定位或待盘点的标识区间。至少一个标签的标识位于该标识区间内。
作为一种示例,若至少一个标签包括标签203,则定位信息包括标签203的标识,如标签203的产品电子码(electronic product code,EPC)。若至少一个标签包括标签203和标签204,则定位信息包括标签203和标签204的掩码信息。该掩码信息经掩码与标签203的标识和标签204的标识匹配后可得到标识区间1,该标识区间1包括标签203的标识和标签204的标识。
一种可能的实现方式,至少一个标签设置在一个装置,如第一装置上。或者,至少一个标签设置在不同的装上。
例如,在图2A中,至少一个标签包括标签203和标签204,标签203和标签204设置在装置205上,此时,装置205即为第一装置。或者,例如,至少一个标签包括标签1至标签3,其中,标签1设置在装置1上,标签2和标签3设置在装置2上。
可选的,定位信息还包括第一信息。第一信息可以包括以下至少一项:定位精度的信息、第一接入网设备的地理区域信息、至少一个标签所处的地理区域信息、服务类型的信息、定位周期的信息或关联标识。
可以理解的,至少一个标签中,不同标签对应的第一信息可以相同也可以不同。若至少一个标签中,不同标签对应的第一信息相同,则定位信息中包括一个第一信息也可以包括多个第一信息,若至少一个标签中,不同标签对应的第一信息不同,则定位信息中包括多个第一信息。
示例性的,以第一信息包括定位精度信息和服务类型信息,至少一个标签包括标签1和标签2为例进行说明。若定位信息包括标签1和标签2的组对象以及第一信息,则标签1对应的第一信息和标签2对应的第一信息相同,即标签1对应的定位精度信息与标签2对应的定位精度信息相同,并且标签1对应的服务类型信息与标签2对应的服务类型信息相同。若定位信息包括标签1的标识、标签1对应的第一信息、标签2的标识以及标签2对应的第一信息,则标签1对应的第一信息和标签2对应的第一信息可以相同也可以不同。
下面对第一信息包括的内容进行具体介绍。
本申请实施例中,定位精度的信息可用于指示定位精度。例如,定位精度的信息包括其所指示的定位精度的标识。
一种可能的设计,定位精度可以基于不同的要求进行划分。例如,定位精度包括分米级别的定位精度、1米级别的定位精度或10米级别的定位精度。其中,分米级别的定位精度对应的定位误差小于或等于1分米/10分米/100分米。1米级别的定位精度对应的定位误差小于或等于1米。 10米级别的定位精度对应的定位误差小于或等于10米。又例如,定位精度包括高精度定位或低精度定位。高精度定位和低精度定位对应的具体定位精度要求可根据需要设置。
本申请实施例中,第一接入网设备的地理区域信息或至少一个标签所处的地理区域信息可用于指示第一接入网设备的地理区域。第一接入网设备为至少一个标签所属的接入网设备,即第一接入网设备可为至少一个标签提供服务。例如,第一接入网设备为图2A中的接入网设备202,可为标签203和/或标签204提供以下至少一项服务:提供能量、提供信息转发的服务或进行信号分析处理。
示例性的,第一接入网设备的地理区域信息可包括第一接入网设备所处位置的经纬度、第一接入网设备所处区域的区域标识(如:**省**市**区**路的标识,或**省**市**区**路**栋**单元**室的标识)、第一接入网设备的跟踪区域标识(tracking area identity,TAI)或第一接入网设备的跟踪区域列表(tracking area list,TAL)。
本申请实施例中,至少一个标签所处的地理区域信息可包括至少一个标签所处的位置的经纬度、至少一个标签所处的区域的区域标识(如:**省**市**区**路的标识,或**省**市**区**路**栋**单元**室的标识)、为至少一个标签提供服务的第一接入网设备的TAI或为至少一个标签提供服务的第一接入网设备的TAL。
可以理解的,TMF网元可根据第一接入网设备的地理区域信息和/或至少一个标签所处的地理区域信息确定第一接入网设备,触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点和定位测量。本申请实施例中,定位测量和测量可互换。
本申请实施例中,服务类型的信息可用于指示服务类型,如:单次盘点、连续盘点或周期性盘点。服务类型的信息可包括其所指示的服务类型的标识。其中,单次盘点可指示第一接入网设备对至少一个标签盘点一次。连续盘点可指示第一接入网设备在一段时间内多次对至少一个标签进行盘点。周期性盘点可指示第一接入网设备周期性地对至少一个标签进行盘点。
本申请实施例中,定位周期的信息可指示对至少一个标签进行定位的周期。
本申请实施例中,关联标识可用于标识与至少一个标签的定位和/或盘点相关的信息。
一种可能的实现方式,TMF网元可从其他网元,如AF网元,获取定位信息。其中,AF网元可以是图2D中的AF网元。
示例性的,TMF网元通过NEF网元接收来自AF网元的定位信息。其中,NEF网元可以是图2D中的NEF网元。可以理解的,AF网元可向NEF网元发送定位信息。NEF网元接收到定位信息后,可将定位信息直接发送给TMF网元,即AF网元通过NEF网元将定位信息透传给TMF网元。或者,NEF网元接收到定位信息后,将定位信息中的信息进行信息转换,转换成TMF网元能够识别的信息,并将转换后的信息发送给TMF网元。
作为一种示例,AF网元向NEF网元发送转换前的定位信息,该定位信息包括至少一个标签的信息和第一接入网设备所处位置的经纬度。NEF网元接收到转换前的定位信息,将第一接入网设备所处位置的经纬度转换成第一接入网设备的TAI/TAL/eNodeB ID,并向TMF网元发送定位信息,该定位信息包括至少一个标签的信息和第一接入网设备的TAI/TAL/eNodeB ID。
作为另一种示例,AF网元向NEF网元发送转换前的定位信息,该定位信息包括至少一个标签的信息和服务类型的信息。NEF网元接收到转换前的定位信息,将服务类型的信息转换成定位类型的信息,并向TMF网元发送定位信息,该定位信息包括至少一个标签的信息和定位类型的信息。其中,定位类型的信息可用于指示定位类型,例如,单次定位、连续定位或周期性定位。定位类型的信息可包括其所指示的定位类型的标识。其中,单次定位可指示对至少一个标签定位一次。连续定位可指示在一段时间内多次对至少一个标签进行定位。周期性定位可指示周期性地对至少一个标签进行定位。
可以理解的,服务类型的信息经NEF网元转换后可得到定位类型的信息。若服务类型的信息指示单次盘点,则定位类型的信息指示单次定位;若服务类型的信息指示连续盘点,则定位类型的信息指示连续定位;若服务类型的信息指示周期性盘点,则定位类型的信息指示周期性定位。
一种可能的实现方式,TMF网元根据预设条件,确定是否需要LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位。
作为一种示例,若定位信息包括定位精度的信息,TMF网元可根据定位精度的信息确定是否需要LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位。例如,若定位精度要求较高(如:定位精度的信息指示分米级别的定位精度、1米级别的定位精度或高精度定位),则TMF网元确定LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位;若定位精度要求较低(如:定位精度的信息指示10米级别的定位精度或低精度定位),则TMF网元确定不需要LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位。其中,LMF网元可以是图2A中的LMF网元206。
作为另一种示例,若预设置需要LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位,则TMF网元确定LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位;若预设置不需要LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位,则TMF网元确定不需要LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位。
可以理解的,若TMF网元确定不需要LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位,则TMF网元触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点,在盘点的过程中获取第一测量结果,并将第一测量结果发送给TMF网元,使得TMF网元根据第一测量结果得到至少一个标签的位置信息,或者得到第一装置的位置信息。上述过程可参考下述S402-S405中对应的描述。
可以理解的,若TMF网元确定需要LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位,则TMF网元触发第一接入设备对至少一个标签进行盘点和定位测量,将测量结果发送给LMF网元,使得LMF网元对第一标签进行定位。上述过程将在图5所示实施例中进行阐述,在此不做赘述。
S402:TMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第一盘点请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自TMF网元的第一盘点请求。
其中,第一盘点请求可用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点。可选的,第一盘点请求还用于请求对至少一个标签进行测量或定位。
一种可能的设计,第一盘点请求可包括至少一个标签的信息。
可选的,第一盘点请求还包括第一接入网设备的信息(如:第一接入网设备的标识),和/或,关联标识。
一种可能的实现方式,S402还有如下可替换方案:当至少一个标签的数量大于1时,TMF网元可通过多个盘点请求指示第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点。例如,TMF网元可针对每个标签发送盘点请求,以指示第一接入网设备对对应的标签进行盘点。
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备接收到第一盘点请求后,对至少一个标签激励上电。
例如,若至少一个标签的数量是1,则第一接入网设备向第一标签发送命令,该命令包括第一标签的EPC或经掩码完全匹配得到的EPC,使得第一标签上电并回复第一标签的EPC。这样,第一接入网设备可确定要盘点第一标签。
又例如,若至少一个标签的数量大于1,则第一接入网设备将至少一个标签的掩码信息基于mask做掩码匹配得到一个标识区间,通过发送选择(select)命令对标识区间内的标识所对应标签进行匹配,使得标识区间内的标识所对应的标签激励上电,并且有一个标签被盘点。可以理解的,标识区间内的标识所对应的标签是同时被激励的。这些标签被激励后,第一接入网设备给这些标签发送查询(Query)消息,响应了Query消息的标签(如第一标签)可以向第一接入网设备发送随机数。第一接入网设备接收到随机数后,向第一标签发送确认(ACK)消息,该确认消息可携带该随机数。被确认的标签(即第一标签)为随机接入成功的标签,或者称为该次Query或随机接入流程被选中的标签或要被盘点的标签。
可选的,第一标签确定自己要被盘点后,可向TMF网元发送第一标签的标识。进一步的,第一标签还可向TMF网元发送第一标签的协议控制码(protocol contro,PC),和/或,循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)码。上述第一标签的标识、第一标签的PC或CRC可通过类似非接入层移动性管理(NAS-MM)的消息经由第一接入网设备发送给TMF网元。相应的,TMF网元接收相应的信息。
可以理解的,第一接入网设备确定要盘点第一标签后,即:第一接入网设备确定第一标签是唯一的盘点标签后,或者第一接入网设备获取到来自第一标签的随机数,确定要盘点的唯一标签是第一标签后,可通过S403-S404对第一标签进行盘点。
S403:第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第一接入网设 备的第一消息。
其中,第一标签包括在至少一个标签中。第一消息可用于触发第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。
一种可能的设计,第一消息为选择消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、确认(ACK)消息、触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息或序列号请求(Req-RN或Request Random Number)消息。
其中,选择消息可包括第一标签的标识或经掩码完全匹配得到的标识,如:第一标签的EPC或经掩码完全匹配得到的EPC。查询消息可包括含有Q值为0的Query命令。类似查询消息的消息为与查询消息的功能和/或格式类似的消息。第一标签发送的反射信号可指第一标签在反射模式下发送的信号。反射模式的介绍可参考前文对本申请实施例涉及的技术术语的解释说明中对应的描述。序列号请求消息可用于请求序列号。该序列号可以是一串随机数,如RN16的随机数。
S404:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第二消息。
一种可能的设计,第二消息为第一消息的反射消息,或者,第二消息携带所述第一标签的标识、随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。
可以理解的,若第一消息为选择消息,则第二消息包括RN16的随机数,或者携带第一标签的标识。若第一消息为查询消息,则第二消息包括RN16的随机数或序列号或校验码。若第一消息为类似查询消息的消息,第二消息包括类似RN16的随机数或类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。若第一消息为确认消息,则第二消息包括第一标签的标识。若第一消息为触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息,则第二消息承载于反射信号,即第二消息为第一消息的反射消息。若第一消息为序列号请求消息,则第二消息包括序列号。
可选的,第一接入网设备接收到第二消息后,向TMF网元发送第一标签的标识,以指示完成了对第一标签的盘点。
S405:第一接入网设备向TMF网元发送第一测量结果。相应的,TMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第一测量结果。
其中,第一测量结果用于确定第一标签的位置信息。第一测量结果可以是第一接入网设备对第一标签进行盘点的过程中(如S403-S404)获取的。
一种可能的设计,第一测量结果可包括以下至少一项:第一小区的标识、第一时间差、第一相位信息或第一角度信息。例如,若第一盘点请求用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点,第一测量结果包括第一小区的标识;若第一盘点请求用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点,并且对至少一个标签进行测量或定位,第一测量结果包括以下至少一项:第一时间差、第一相位信息或第一角度信息。
其中,第一小区为第一接入网设备为第一标签提供服务的服务区域。第一小区的标识为该服务区域的标识,如小区编号或仓储区编号。第一时间差为第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第一消息的时间与第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第二消息的时间之间的时间差。第一相位信息用于指示承载第二消息的信号的载波相位,或者用于指示承载第一消息的信号的载波相位和承载第二消息的信号的载波相位。第一角度信息用于指示承载第二消息的信号的到达角度。
可选的,在对第一标签进行定位的过程中,除了第一接入网设备之外,可能还需要其他接入网设备,如第二接入网设备,协助第一接入网设备对第一标签定位。示例性的,若第一测量结果包括第一相位信息或第一角度信息,则还需要其他接入网设备,如第二接入网设备协助对第一标签进行定位。例如,图4所示方法还包括S406-S409:
S406:TMF网元向第二接入网设备发送第二盘点请求。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自TMF网元的第二盘点请求。
其中,第二接入网设备可以是与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备。第二盘点请求可用于请求对第一标签进行盘点。可选的,第二盘点请求还用于请求对第一标签进行测量或定位。
一种可能的设计,第二盘点请求可包括第一标签的信息。可选的,第二盘点请求还包括第二接入网设备的信息(如:第二接入网设备的标识),和/或,关联标识。
一种可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备接收到第二盘点请求后,对第一标签激励上电。例如, 第二接入网设备向第一标签发送命令,该命令包括第一标签的EPC或经掩码完全匹配得到的EPC,使得第一标签上电并回复第一标签的EPC。这样,第二接入网设备可确定要盘点第一标签。
可以理解的,第二接入网设备可通过S407-S408对第一标签进行盘点。
S407:第二接入网设备向第一标签发送第七消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第二接入网设备的第七消息。
S408:第一标签向第二接入网设备发送第八消息。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第八消息。
S407-S408的过程与S403-S404的过程类似,可以参考S403-S404中对应的描述,不再赘述。
S409:第二接入网设备向TMF网元发送第五测量结果。相应的,TMF网元接收来自第二接入网设备的第五测量结果。
其中,第五测量结果用于和第一测量结果共同确定第一标签的位置信息。第五测量结果可以是第二接入网设备对第一标签进行盘点的过程中(如S406-S408)获取的。
一种可能的设计,第五测量结果可包括以下至少一项:第二时间差、第二相位信息或第二角度信息。
其中,第二时间差为第二接入网设备向第一标签发送第七消息的时间与第二接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第八消息的时间之间的时间差。第二相位信息用于指示承载第八消息的信号的载波相位,或者用于指示承载第七消息的信号的载波相位和承载第八消息的信号的载波相位。第二角度信息用于指示承载第八消息的信号的到达角度。
可选的,若至少一个标签的数量大于1,在S404之后,第一接入网设备可对至少一个标签中、除第一标签之外的标签激励上电,若第二标签被激励上电,图4所示的方法还包括S410-S412:
S410:第一接入网设备向第二标签发送第九消息。相应的,第二标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第九消息。
S411:第二标签向第一接入网设备发送第十消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第二标签的第十消息。
S410-S411的过程与S403-S404的过程类似,可以参考S403-S404中对应的描述,不再赘述。
S412:第一接入网设备向TMF网元发送第六测量结果。相应的,TMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第六测量结果。
其中,第六测量结果用于确定第二标签的位置信息。第六测量结果可以是第一接入网设备对第二标签进行盘点的过程中(如S410-S411)获取的。
一种可能的设计,第六测量结果可包括以下至少一项:第二小区的标识、第三时间差、第三相位信息或第三角度信息。例如,若第一盘点请求用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点,第六测量结果包括第二小区的标识;若第一盘点请求用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点,并且对至少一个标签进行测量或定位,第六测量结果包括以下至少一项:第三时间差、第三相位信息或第三角度信息。
其中,第二小区为第一接入网设备为第二标签提供服务的服务区域。第二小区的标识为该服务区域的标识,如:小区编号或仓储区编号。第二小区和第一小区可能相同也可能不同。第三时间差为第一接入网设备向第二标签发送第九消息的时间与第一接入网设备接收来自第二标签的第十消息的时间之间的时间差。第三相位信息用于指示承载第十消息的信号的载波相位,或者用于指示承载第九消息的信号的载波相位和承载第十消息的信号的载波相位。第三角度信息用于指示承载第十消息的信号的到达角度。
可以理解的,在对第二标签进行定位的过程中,除了第一接入网设备之外,可能还需要其他接入网设备协助第一接入网设备对第二标签定位。示例性的,若第六测量结果包括第三相位信息或第三角度信息,则其他接入网设备可协助对第二标签进行定位,具体可参考上述S406-S409中第二接入网设备协助对第一标签进行定位的过程。协助第一接入网设备对第二标签进行定位的接入网设备,与协助第一接入网设备对第一标签进行定位的接入网设备可以相同也可以不同。
可以理解的,若至少一个标签还包括第三标签,则可采用S403-S405所示的步骤或S403-S409所示的步骤获取第三标签的测量结果,此处不再赘述。
S413:TMF网元获取至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,获取第一装置的位置信息。
一种可能的实现方式,TMF网元根据每个标签对应的测量结果,获取每个标签的位置信息。
例如,TMF网元根据第一测量结果获取第一标签的位置信息,根据第六测量结果获取第二标签的位置信息。或者,TMF网元根据第一测量结果和第五测量结果获取第一标签的位置信息。下面以TMF网元获取第一标签的位置信息的过程为例进行说明。第一标签的位置信息可用于指示第一标签的位置。
作为一种示例,若第一测量结果包括第一小区的标识,则TMF网元将第一小区的位置确定为第一标签的位置。在这种情况下,TMF网元可提前获取第一小区的位置信息。例如,TMF网元中预先存储了第一小区的位置信息,或者TMF网元从第一接入网设备或LMF网元获取第一小区的位置信息。
作为另一种示例,若第一测量结果包括第一时间差,则TMF网元将符合第一时间差的小区的位置确定为第一标签的位置。其中,符合第一时间差的小区可以理解为,在第一接入网设备的多个小区中,消息往返时间与第一时间差最接近的小区。在这种情况下,TMF网元可提前获取第一接入网设备的多个小区对应的消息往返时间,以及多个小区的位置信息。例如,TMF网元中预先存储了上述信息,或者TMF网元从第一接入网设备或LMF网元获取上述信息。
作为另一种示例,若第一测量结果包括第一相位信息,第五测量结果包括第二相位信息,则TMF网元根据载波相位的定位算法对第一相位信息和第二相位信息进行处理,得到第一标签的位置信息。若第一测量结果包括第一角度信息,第五测量结果包括第二角度信息,则TMF网元根据到达角度的定位算法对第一角度信息和第二角度信息进行处理,得到第一标签的位置信息。
作为另一种示例,TMF网元可根据第一测量结果、第五测量结果和预先获取的特征信息与位置信息的对应关系,确定第一标签的位置信息。
以第一测量信息包括第一相位信息,第五测量结果包括第二相位信息,预先获取的对应关系为相位信息与位置信息的对应关系为例,TMF网元可将对应关系中,第一相位信息和第二相位信息对应的位置信息,确定为第一标签的位置信息。
以第一测量结果包括第一角度信息,第五测量结果包括第二角度信息,预先获取的对应关系为角度信息与位置信息的对应关系为例,TMF网元可将对应关系中,第一角度信息和第二角度信息对应的位置信息,确定为第一标签的位置信息。
可以理解的,上述对应关系可以是预先存储在TMF网元中的,或者,是TMF网元从第一接入网设备或LMF网元获取的。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一装置上设置至少一个标签,则TMF网元根据至少一个标签的位置信息,确定第一装置的位置信息。
作为一种示例,若至少一个标签的数量为1,则TMF网元将第一标签的位置信息确定为第一装置的位置信息。
作为另一种示例,若至少一个标签的数量大于1,则TMF网元对至少一个标签的位置信息求平均,得到第一装置的位置信息。
可以理解的,若S401中的服务类型的信息指示连续盘点,则在S413之后,第一接入网设备可再次对至少一个标签进行盘点,例如,图4所示的方法可再次执行S403-S413,以再次获取至少一个标签的位置信息或者第一装置的位置信息,进而实现对至少一个标签或第一装置的跟踪和监控。
类似的,若S401中的服务类型的信息指示周期性盘点,则在S413之后,第一接入网设备可周期性地对至少一个标签进行盘点,例如,图4所示的方法可周期性地执行S403-S413,以周期性地获取至少一个标签的位置信息或者第一装置的位置信息,进而实现对至少一个标签或第一装置的跟踪和监控。
一种可能的实现方式,在S413之后,TMF网元向AF网元发送至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,向AF网元发送第一装置的位置信息。
例如,TMF网元通过NEF网元向AF网元发送至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,通过NEF网元向AF网元发送第一装置的位置信息。
可以理解的,TMF网元可将至少一个标签的位置信息包括在一条消息中发送给AF网元,也可将至少一个标签的位置信息包括在多条消息中发送给AF网元,不予限制。
基于图4所示的方法,TMF网元可以获取定位信息,并触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点,使得第一接入网设备在盘点的过程中获取第一测量结果。这样,TMF网元可以根据第一测量结果获取至少一个标签的位置信息,实现对至少一个标签的定位,或者,TMF网元根据第一测量结果获取至少一个标签所在的第一装置的位置信息,实现对第一装置的定位。
其中,上述S401-S413中的TMF网元或者第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备或者第一标签或者第二标签的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。
如前文所述,在图4所示的方法中,LMF网元未参与对至少一个标签的定位,或对第一装置的定位。在具体应用中,LMF网元也可参与对标签或装置的定位,具体的,可以参考图5所示的方法。
如图5所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法,该定位方法可以包括如下步骤:
S501:TMF网元获取定位信息。
上述S501的过程与S401的过程类似,因此,可以参考上述S401中对应的描述,不再赘述。
可选的,在S501之后,TMF网元向LMF网元发送该定位信息,使得LMF网元可根据定位信息确定要采用的定位测量方式。定位测量方式的介绍可参考前文对本申请涉及的技术术语中的解释说明。LMF网元可以是图2A中的LMF网元206。
可选的,LMF网元确定定位测量方式之前,第一接入网设备向LMF网元发送定位辅助信息。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的定位辅助信息。
其中,定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:第一接入网设备的位置信息、第一接入网设备的高度信息或第一接入网设备支持的至少一种定位测量方式的信息。第一接入网设备的位置信息可包括第一接入网设备所处位置的经纬度、第一接入网设备所处区域的区域标识(如:**省**市**区**路的标识)或第一接入网设备在地图软件中的坐标等。第一接入网设备支持的至少一种定位测量方式包括角度测量、相位测量、信号强度测量、多天线测量、指纹定位测量或多标签辅助定位测量中的一种或多种。
可以理解的,S501之后,TMF网元可触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签中的标签进行盘点和定位测量,以便第一接入网设备将定位测量结果发送给LMF网元,使得LMF网元根据定位测量结果对第一标签进行定位。例如,TMF网元可至少通过如下三种方式触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签中的标签进行盘点和定位测量。
方式1:TMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第一盘点请求。第一接入网设备接收到第一盘点请求后对第一标签进行盘点。TMF网元还向LMF网元发送第一定位请求,以触发LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求,使得第一接入网设备对第一标签进行定位测量。具体的,可参考下述S502a-S506a中的介绍。
方式2:TMF网元向LMF网元发送第一定位请求,以触发LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三盘点请求和第三定位请求,使得第一接入网设备对第一标签进行盘点和定位测量。具体的,可参考下述S502b-S506b中的介绍。
方式3:TMF网元向LMF网元发送第一定位请求,以触发LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求,使得第一接入网设备对第一标签进行盘点和定位测量。具体的,可参考下述S502c-S505c中的介绍。
首先,对方式1的具体过程进行阐述:
S502a:TMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第一盘点请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自TMF网元的第一盘点请求。
其中,第一盘点请求可用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点。
一种可能的设计,第一盘点请求可包括至少一个标签的信息。可选的,第一盘点请求还包括第一接入网设备的信息(如:第一接入网设备的标识),和/或,关联标识。
一种可能的实现方式,S502a还有如下可替换方案:当至少一个标签的数量大于1时,TMF 网元可通过多个盘点请求指示第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点。例如,TMF网元可针对每个标签发送盘点请求,以指示第一接入网设备对对应的标签进行盘点。
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备接收到第一盘点请求后,对至少一个标签激励上电。
例如,若至少一个标签的数量是1,则第一接入网设备向第一标签发送命令,该命令包括第一标签的EPC或经掩码完全匹配得到的EPC,使得第一标签上电并回复第一标签的EPC。这样,第一接入网设备可确定要盘点第一标签。
又例如,若至少一个标签的数量大于1,则第一接入网设备将至少一个标签的掩码信息基于mask做掩码匹配得到一个标识区间,通过发送选择(select)命令对标识区间内的标识所对应标签进行匹配,使得标识区间内的标识所对应的标签激励上电,并且有一个标签被盘点。可以理解的,标识区间内的标识所对应的标签是同时被激励的。这些标签被激励后,第一接入网设备给这些标签发送Query消息,响应了Query消息的标签(如第一标签)可以向第一接入网设备发送随机数。第一接入网设备接收到随机数后,向第一标签发送确认消息,该确认消息可携带该随机数。被确认的标签(即第一标签)为随机接入成功的标签,或者称为该次Query或随机接入流程被选中的标签或要被盘点的标签。
可以理解的,第一接入网设备确定要盘点第一标签后,即:第一接入网设备确定第一标签是唯一的盘点标签后,或者第一接入网设备获取到来自第一标签的随机数,确定要盘点的唯一标签是第一标签后,可通过S503a-S504a对第一标签进行盘点。
S503a:第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息。
其中,第一标签包括在至少一个标签中。第一消息可用于触发第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。
一种可能的设计,第一消息为选择消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、确认消息、触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息或序列号请求消息。上述消息的介绍可参考S403中对应的描述。
S504a:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第二消息。
一种可能的设计,第二消息为第一消息的反射消息,或者,第二消息携带所述第一标签的标识、随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。
可以理解的,若第一消息为选择消息,则第二消息包括RN16的随机数,或者携带第一标签的标识。若第一消息为查询消息,则第二消息包括RN16的随机数或序列号或校验码。若第一消息为类似查询消息的消息,第二消息包括类似RN16的随机数或类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。若第一消息为确认消息,则第二消息包括第一标签的标识。若第一消息为触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息,则第二消息承载于反射信号,即第二消息为第一消息的反射消息。若第一消息为序列号请求消息,则第二消息包括序列号。
可以理解的,第一接入网设备接收到第二消息后,向TMF网元发送第二消息。可选的,第一标签还可向TMF网元发送第一标签的PC,和/或,CRC码。上述第一标签的标识、第一标签的PC或CRC可通过类似NAS-MM的消息经由第一接入网设备发送给TMF网元。相应的,TMF网元接收相应的信息。
S505a:TMF网元向LMF网元发送第一定位请求。相应的,LMF网元接收来自TMF网元的第一定位请求。
其中,第一定位请求可用于请求对第一标签进行定位。
一种可能的设计,第一定位请求包括第一标签的标识,如第一标签的EPC。
可选的,第一定位请求还包括以下至少一项:第一标签的类型信息或第一标签的服务类型的信息。如此,可使得LMF网元确定对第一标签定位。
其中,第一标签的类型信息可用于指示第一标签的类型,如无源终端、有源终端或半无源终端等。第一标签的类型信息可包括其所指示的类型的标识。第一标签的服务类型的信息可用于指示第一标签的服务类型,如单次盘点、连续盘点或周期性盘点等。第一标签的服务类型的信息可包括其所指示的服务类型的标识。
S506a:LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第三定位请求。
其中,第三定位请求可用于请求对第一标签进行定位。
一种可能的设计,第三定位请求可包括第一标签的标识,如第一标签的EPC。可选的,第三定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、第一标签的类型信息或第一标签的服务类型的信息。
其中,定位测量方式的信息可用于指示定位测量方式。定位测量方式的介绍可参考前文对本申请涉及的技术术语中的解释说明。
下面对方式2的具体过程进行阐述:
S502b:TMF网元向LMF网元发送第一定位请求。相应的,LMF网元接收来自TMF网元的第一定位请求。
上述S502b的过程与S505a类似,具体的,可参考S505a中对应的描述,不再赘述。
S503b:LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三盘点请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第三盘点请求。
其中,第三盘点请求可用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点。第三盘点请求可包括至少一个标签的信息。可选的,第三盘点请求还包括第一接入网设备的信息(如:第一接入网设备的标识),和/或,关联标识。
一种可能的实现方式,S503b还有如下可替换方案:当至少一个标签的数量大于1时,LMF网元可通过多个盘点请求指示第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点。例如,LMF网元可针对每个标签发送盘点请求,以指示第一接入网设备对对应的标签进行盘点。
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备接收到第三盘点请求后,对至少一个标签激励上电。
例如,若至少一个标签的数量是1,则第一接入网设备向第一标签发送命令,该命令包括第一标签的EPC或经掩码完全匹配得到的EPC,使得第一标签上电并回复第一标签的EPC。这样,第一接入网设备可确定要盘点第一标签。
又例如,若至少一个标签的数量大于1,则第一接入网设备将至少一个标签的掩码信息基于mask做掩码匹配得到一个标识区间,通过发送选择命令对标识区间内的标识所对应标签进行匹配,使得标识区间内的标识所对应的标签激励上电,并且有一个标签被盘点。可以理解的,标识区间内的标识所对应的标签是同时被激励的。这些标签被激励后,第一接入网设备向这些标签发送查询消息,响应了查询消息的标签(如第一标签)可向第一接入网设备发送随机数。第一接入网设备接收到随机数后,向第一标签发送确认消息,该确认消息可携带该随机数。被确认的标签(即第一标签)为随机接入成功的标签,或者称为该次查询或随机接入流程被选中的标签或要被盘点的标签。
S504b:第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息。
其中,第一标签包括在至少一个标签中。第一消息可用于触发第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。
一种可能的设计,第一消息为选择消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、确认消息、触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息或序列号请求消息。上述消息的介绍可参考S403中对应的描述。
S505b:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第二消息。
一种可能的设计,第二消息为第一消息的反射消息,或者,第二消息携带所述第一标签的标识、随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。
可以理解的,若第一消息为选择消息,则第二消息包括RN16的随机数,或者携带第一标签的标识。若第一消息为查询消息,则第二消息包括RN16的随机数或序列号或校验码。若第一消息为类似查询消息的消息,第二消息包括类似RN16的随机数或类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。若第一消息为确认消息,则第二消息包括第一标签的标识。若第一消息为触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息,则第二消息承载于反射信号,即第二消息为第一消息的反射消息。若第一 消息为序列号请求消息,则第二消息包括序列号。
可以理解的,第一接入网设备接收到第二消息后,向LMF网元发送第二消息。可选的,第一标签还可向LMF网元发送第一标签的PC,和/或,CRC码。上述第一标签的标识、第一标签的PC或CRC可通过类似NAS-MM的消息经由第一接入网设备发送给LMF网元。相应的,LMF网元接收相应的信息。
S506b:LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第三定位请求。
上述S506b的过程与S506a类似,具体的,可参考S506a中对应的描述,不再赘述。
下面对方式3的具体过程进行阐述:
S502c:TMF网元向LMF网元发送第一定位请求。相应的,LMF网元接收来自TMF网元的第一定位请求。
上述S502c的过程与S505a类似,具体的,可参考S505a中对应的描述,不再赘述。
S503c:LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第三定位请求。
其中,第三定位请求可用于请求对第一标签进行盘点和定位。
一种可能的设计,第三定位请求可包括第一标签的标识,如第一标签的EPC。可选的,第三定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、第一标签的类型信息或第一标签的服务类型的信息。
其中,定位测量方式的信息可用于指示定位测量方式。定位测量方式的介绍可参考前文对本申请涉及的技术术语中的解释说明。
S504c:第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息。
其中,第一标签包括在至少一个标签中。第一消息可用于触发第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。
一种可能的设计,第一消息为选择消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、确认消息、触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息或序列号请求消息。上述消息的介绍可参考S403中对应的描述。
S505c:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第二消息。
一种可能的设计,第二消息为第一消息的反射消息,或者,第二消息携带所述第一标签的标识、随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。
可以理解的,若第一消息为选择消息,则第二消息包括RN16的随机数,或者携带第一标签的标识。若第一消息为查询消息,则第二消息包括RN16的随机数或序列号或校验码。若第一消息为类似查询消息的消息,第二消息包括类似RN16的随机数或类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。若第一消息为确认消息,则第二消息包括第一标签的标识。若第一消息为触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息,则第二消息承载于反射信号,即第二消息为第一消息的反射消息。若第一消息为序列号请求消息,则第二消息包括序列号。
可以理解的,上述S504c-S505c为可选的步骤。当包括S504c-S505c时,可通过S504c-S505c对第一标签进行盘点,通过S507-S508对第一标签进行定位测量。当不包括S504c-S505c时,可通过S507-S508对第一标签进行盘点和定位测量。
可以理解的,在S506a、S506b或S505c之后,第一接入网设备可对第一标签进行定位测量,并将定位测量的结果发送给LMF网元。具体的,可参考下述S507-S509中对应的描述。
S507:第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第十一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第十一消息。
一种可能的设计,第十一消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息或序列号请求消息。
S508:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第十二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第十二消息。
一种可能的设计,第十二消息为第一消息的反射消息,或者,第十二消息携带第一标签的标识、随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。
可以理解的,若第十一消息为选择消息,则第十二消息包括RN16的随机数,或者携带第一标签的标识。若第十一消息为确认消息,则第十二消息包括第一标签的标识。若第十一消息为查询消息,则第十二消息包括RN16的随机数或序列号或校验码。若第十一消息为类似查询消息的消息,第十二消息包括类似RN16的随机数或类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。若第十一消息为触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息,则第十二消息承载于反射信号,即第十二消息为第十一消息的反射消息。若第十一消息为序列号请求消息,则第十二消息包括序列号。
S509:第一接入网设备向LMF网元发送第二测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第二测量结果。
其中,第二测量结果可用于确定第一标签的位置信息。第二测量结果是第一接入网设备采用第三定位请求指示的定位测量方式进行测量得到的。
示例性的,若第三定位请求指示角度测量,则第一接入网设备测量承载第十二消息的信号的到达角度,第二测量结果包括承载第十二消息的信号的到达角度。
示例性的,若第三定位请求指示相位测量,则第一接入网设备测量承载第十二消息的信号的载波相位,第二测量结果包括承载第十二消息的信号的载波相位。
示例性的,若第三定位请求指示信号强度测量,则第一接入网设备测量承载第十二消息的信号的信号强度,第二测量结果包括承载第十二消息的信号的信号强度。
示例性的,若第三定位请求指示多天线测量,则第一接入网设备通过多个天线测量第十二消息的特征信息,如承载第十二消息的信号的到达角度和/或承载第十二消息的信号的载波相位,第二测量结果包括多个天线测量的承载第十二消息的信号的到达角度和/或多个天线测量的承载第十二消息的信号的载波相位。
示例性的,若第三定位请求指示指纹定位测量或多标签辅助定位测量,则第一接入网设备测量第十二消息的特征信息,如承载第十二消息的信号的到达角度,和/或,承载第十二消息的信号的载波相位,和/或,接收承载第十二消息的信号的信号强度,第二测量结果包括承载第十二消息的信号的到达角度,和/或,承载第十二消息的信号的载波相位,和/或,接收承载第十二消息的信号的信号强度。
可选的,在对第一标签进行定位的过程中,除了第一接入网设备之外,可能还需要其他接入网设备,如第二接入网设备,协助第一接入网设备对第一标签定位。第二接入网设备可以是LMF网元确定的,为与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备。例如,图5所示方法还包括S510-S513:
S510:LMF网元向第二接入网设备发送第四定位请求。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第四定位请求。
其中,第四定位请求可用于请求对第一标签进行定位。
一种可能的设计,第四定位请求可包括第一标签的标识,如第一标签的EPC。可选的,第四定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、第一标签的类型信息或第一标签的服务类型的信息。
S511:第二接入网设备向第一标签发送第十三消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第二接入网设备的第十三消息。
S512:第一标签向第二接入网设备发送第十四消息。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第十四消息。
上述S511-S512的过程与S507-S508的过程类似,因此,可参考S507-S508中对应的描述,不再赘述。
S513:第二接入网设备向LMF网元发送第三测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第二接入网设备的第三测量结果。
其中,第三测量结果和第二测量结果可共同用于确定第一标签的位置信息。第三测量结果是第二接入网设备采用第四定位请求指示的定位测量方式进行测量得到的。具体的,可参考S509中对第二测量结果的介绍,在此不做赘述。
可选的,若至少一个标签的数量大于1,在S508之后,第一接入网设备可对至少一个标签中、除第一标签之外的标签激励上电,若第二标签被激励上电,图5所示方法还包括S514-S518:
S514:TMF网元向LMF网元发送第二定位请求。相应的,LMF网元接收来自TMF网元的第二定位请求。
其中,第二定位请求可用于请求对第二标签进行定位。
一种可能的设计,第二定位请求包括第二标签的标识,如第二标签的EPC。可选的,第二定位请求还包括以下至少一项:第二标签的类型信息或第二标签的服务类型的信息。如此,可使得LMF网元确定对第二标签定位。
其中,第二标签的类型信息可用于指示第二标签的类型,如无源终端、有源终端或半无源终端等。第二标签的类型信息可包括其所指示的类型的标识。第二标签的服务类型的信息可用于指示第二标签的服务类型,如单次盘点、连续盘点或周期性盘点等。第二标签的服务类型的信息可包括其所指示的服务类型的标识。
S515:LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第五定位请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第五定位请求。
其中,第五定位请求可用于请求对第二标签进行定位。
一种可能的设计,第五定位请求可包括第二标签的标识,如第二标签的EPC。可选的,第五定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、第二标签的类型信息或第二标签的服务类型的信息。
其中,定位测量方式的信息可用于指示定位测量方式。定位测量方式的介绍可参考前文对本申请涉及的技术术语中的解释说明。
S516:第一接入网设备向第二标签发送第五消息。相应的,第二标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第五消息。
一种可能的设计,第五消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发第二标签发送反射信号的消息或序列号请求消息。
S517:第二标签向第一接入网设备发送第六消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第二标签的第六消息。
一种可能的设计,第六消息为第五消息的反射消息,或者,第六消息携带第一标签的标识、随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。
可以理解的,若第五消息为选择消息,则第六消息包括RN16的随机数,或者携带第一标签的标识。若第五消息为确认消息,则第六消息包括第一标签的标识。若第五消息为查询消息,则第六消息包括RN16的随机数或序列号或校验码。若第五消息为类似查询消息的消息,第六消息包括类似RN16的随机数或类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。若第五消息为触发第二标签发送反射信号的消息,则第六消息承载于反射信号,即第六消息为第五消息的反射消息。若第五消息为序列号请求消息,则第六消息包括序列号。
S518:第一接入网设备向LMF网元发送第四测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第四测量结果。
其中,第四测量结果可用于确定第二标签的位置信息。第四测量结果是第一接入网设备采用第五定位请求指示的定位测量方式进行测量得到的。具体的,可参考S509中对第二测量结果的介绍,在此不做赘述。
可以理解的,在对第二标签进行定位的过程中,除了第一接入网设备之外,可能还需要其他接入网设备协助第一接入网设备对第二标签定位。具体的,可参考上述S510-S513中第二接入网设备协助对第一标签进行定位的过程。协助第一接入网设备对第二标签进行定位的接入网设备,与协助第一接入网设备对第一标签进行定位的接入网设备可以相同也可以不同。
可以理解的,若至少一个标签还包括第三标签,则可采用S514-S518所示的步骤获取第三标签的测量结果,此处不再赘述。
S519:LMF网元获取至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,获取第一装置的位置信息。
一种可能的实现方式,LMF网元根据每个标签对应的测量结果,获取每个标签的位置信息。 例如,LMF网元根据第二测量结果获取第一标签的位置信息,根据第四测量结果获取第二标签的位置信息。或者,LMF网元根据第二测量结果和第三测量结果获取第一标签的位置信息。下面以LMF网元获取第一标签的位置信息的过程为例进行说明。第一标签的位置信息可用于指示第一标签的位置。
作为一种示例,若第三定位请求指示多天线测量,第二测量结果包括多个天线测量的特征信息(如多个天线中每个天线测量的到达角度和/或载波相位),则LMF网元根据多个天线测量的特征信息,以及该多个天线的部署距离和/或部署角度,确定第一标签的位置信息。可以理解的,多个天线的部署距离和/或部署角度可以是预先存储在LMF网元中的,或者,是LMF网元从第一接入网设备获取的。
作为另一种示例,若第三定位请求和第四定位请求都指示相位测量,第二测量结果包括第一接入网设备测量的相位信息,第三测量结果包括第二接入网设备测量的相位信息,则LMF网元根据载波相位的定位算法对第一接入网设备测量的相位信息和第二接入网设备测量的相位信息进行处理,得到第一标签的位置信息。
作为另一种示例,若第三定位请求和第四定位请求都指示角度测量,第二测量结果包括第一接入网设备测量的角度信息,第三测量结果包括第二接入网设备测量的角度信息,则LMF网元根据到达角度的定位算法对第一接入网设备测量的角度信息和第二接入网设备测量的角度信息进行处理,得到第一标签的位置信息。
作为另一种示例,LMF网元可根据第二测量结果、第三测量结果和预先获取的特征信息与位置信息的对应关系,确定第一标签的位置信息。
以第二测量信息包括第一接入网设备测量的相位信息,第三测量结果包括第二接入网设备测量的相位信息,预先获取的对应关系为相位信息与位置信息的对应关系为例,LMF网元可将对应关系中,第一接入网设备测量的相位信息和第二接入网设备测量的相位信息对应的位置信息,确定为第一标签的位置信息。
可以理解的,上述对应关系可以是预先存储在LMF网元中的,或者,是LMF网元从第一接入网设备获取的。
一种可能的实现方式,若第一装置上设置至少一个标签,则LMF网元根据至少一个标签的位置信息,确定第一装置的位置信息。
作为一种示例,若至少一个标签的数量为1,则LMF网元将第一标签的位置信息确定为第一装置的位置信息。
作为另一种示例,若至少一个标签的数量大于1,则LMF网元对至少一个标签的位置信息求平均,得到第一装置的位置信息。
可以理解的,若S501中的服务类型的信息指示连续盘点,则在S519之后,第一接入网设备可再次对至少一个标签进行盘点,例如,图5所示的方法可再次执行S503a-S506a,以及S507-S519,以再次获取至少一个标签的位置信息或者第一装置的位置信息,进而实现对至少一个标签或第一装置的跟踪和监控。
类似的,若S501中的服务类型的信息指示周期性盘点,则在S519之后,第一接入网设备可周期性地对至少一个标签进行盘点,例如,图5所示的方法可周期性地执行S503a-S506a,以及S507-S519;或者,在S519之后,TMF网元可周期性地触发LMF网元对至少一个标签定位,例如,图5所示的方法可周期性地执行S505a-S506a以及S507-S519;或者,在S519之后,LMF网元可周期性地触发接入网设备(如第一接入网设备,或者第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备)获取至少一个标签对应的测量结果,例如,图5所示的方法可周期性地执行S506a以及S507-S519。如此,可周期性地获取至少一个标签的位置信息或者第一装置的位置信息,进而实现对至少一个标签或第一装置的跟踪和监控。
一种可能的实现方式,在S519之后,LMF网元向AF网元发送至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,向AF网元发送第一装置的位置信息。
例如,LMF网元通过TMF网元向AF网元发送至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,通过TMF网元向AF网元发送第一装置的位置信息。
可以理解的,LMF网元可将至少一个标签的位置信息包括在一条消息中发送给AF网元,也可将至少一个标签的位置信息包括在多条消息中发送给AF网元,不予限制。
可以理解的,本申请实施例也可以不执行S519。在这种情况下,LMF网元可以把接收到的测量结果发送给TMF网元,以便TMF网元根据接收到的测量结果获取至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,获取第一装置的位置信息。后续,TMF网元还可以向AF网元发送至少一个标签的位置信息,或者第一装置的位置信息。
基于图5所示的方法,TMF网元可获取定位信息,触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点和定位测量,得到第二测量结果。这样,LMF网元可根据第二测量结果获取至少一个标签的位置信息,实现对至少一个标签的定位,或者,LMF网元根据第二测量结果获取至少一个标签所在的第一装置的位置信息,实现对第一装置的定位。
其中,上述S501-S519中的TMF网元或者LMF网元或者第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备或者第一标签或者第二标签的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。
可以理解的,上述图4或图5所示方法中的TMF网元的功能还可以集成到现有核心网网元上。例如,该TMF网元可集成在AMF网元或LMF网元上。TMF网元的功能集成在AMF网元上时,可通过图6或图7所示的方法对至少一个标签或第一装置定位。TMF网元的功能集成在LMF网元上时,可通过图8或图9所示的方法对至少一个标签或第一装置定位。
如图6所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法,该定位方法可以包括如下步骤:
S601:AMF网元获取定位信息。
其中,AMF网元可以是图2B中的AMF网元211。
一种可能的设计,定位信息可包括至少一个标签的信息。至少一个标签可包括任意一个或多个标签。例如,至少一个标签包括图2B中的标签213和/或标签214。至少一个标签的信息可包括至少一个标签的标识或至少一个标签的组对象。具体的,可参考上述S401中对应的描述。
一种可能的实现方式,至少一个标签设置在一个装置,如第一装置上。具体的,可参考上述S401中对应的描述。
一种可能的实现方式,定位信息还包括第一信息。第一信息可以包括以下至少一项:定位精度的信息、第一接入网设备的地理区域信息、至少一个标签所处的地理区域信息、服务类型的信息、定位周期的信息或关联标识。具体的,可参考上述S401中对应的描述。
一种可能的实现方式,AMF网元可从其他网元,如AF网元,获取定位信息。其中,AF网元可以是图2D中的AF网元。
示例性的,AMF网元通过NEF网元接收来自AF网元的定位信息。其中,NEF网元可以是图2D中的NEF网元。可以理解的,AF网元可向NEF网元发送定位信息。NEF网元接收到定位信息后,可将定位信息直接发送给AMF网元,即AF网元通过NEF网元将定位信息透传给AMF网元。或者,NEF网元接收到定位信息后,将定位信息中的信息进行信息转换,转换成AMF网元能够识别的信息,并将转换后的信息发送给AMF网元。具体的,可参考上述S401中对应的描述。
一种可能的实现方式,AMF网元根据预设条件,确定是否需要LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位。具体的,可参考上述S401中对应的描述。
可以理解的,若AMF网元确定不需要LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位,则AMF网元触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点,在盘点的过程中获取第一测量结果,并将第一测量结果发送给AMF网元,使得AMF网元根据第一测量结果得到至少一个标签的位置信息,或者得到第一装置的位置信息。上述过程可参考下述S602-S605中对应的描述。若AMF网元确定需要LMF网元辅助对至少一个标签进行定位,则AMF网元触发第一接入设备对至少一个标签进行盘点和定位测量,将测量结果发送给LMF网元,使得LMF网元对第一标签进行定位。上述过程将在图7所示实施例中进行阐述,在此不做赘述。
S602:AMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第一盘点请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自AMF网元的第一盘点请求。
S603:第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第一接入网设 备的第一消息。
S604:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第二消息。
S605:第一接入网设备向AMF网元发送第一测量结果。相应的,AMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第一测量结果。
其中,上述第一接入网设备可以是图2B中的接入网设备212。
上述S602-S605的过程与上述S402-S405的过程类似,可以参考上述S402-S405中对应的描述,不再赘述。
可选的,在对第一标签进行定位的过程中,除了第一接入网设备之外,可能还需要其他接入网设备,如第二接入网设备,协助第一接入网设备对第一标签定位。示例性的,若第一测量结果包括第一相位信息或第一角度信息,则还需要其他接入网设备,如第二接入网设备,协助对第一标签进行定位。例如,图6所示方法还包括S606-S609:
S606:AMF网元向第二接入网设备发送第二盘点请求。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自AMF网元的第二盘点请求。
S607:第二接入网设备向第一标签发送第七消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第二接入网设备的第七消息。
S608:第一标签向第二接入网设备发送第八消息。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第八消息。
S609:第二接入网设备向AMF网元发送第五测量结果。相应的,AMF网元接收来自第二接入网设备的第五测量结果。
上述S606-S609的过程与上述S406-S409的过程类似,因此,可以参考S406-S409中对应的描述,不再赘述。
可选的,若至少一个标签的数量大于1,在S604之后,第一接入网设备可对至少一个标签中、除第一标签之外的标签激励上电,若第二标签被激励上电,图6所示的方法还包括S610-S612:
S610:第一接入网设备向第二标签发送第九消息。相应的,第二标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第九消息。
S611:第二标签向第一接入网设备发送第十消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第二标签的第十消息。
S612:第一接入网设备向AMF网元发送第六测量结果。相应的,AMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第六测量结果。
S613:AMF网元获取至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,获取第一装置的位置信息。
上述S610-S613的过程与上述S410-S413的过程类似,因此,可以参考S410-S413中对应的描述,不再赘述。
基于图6所示的方法,AMF网元可以获取定位信息,并触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点,使得第一接入网设备在盘点的过程中获取第一测量结果。这样,AMF网元可根据第一测量结果获取至少一个标签的位置信息,实现对至少一个标签的定位,或者,AMF网元根据第一测量结果获取至少一个标签所在的第一装置的位置信息,实现对第一装置的定位。
其中,上述S601-S613中的AMF网元或者第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备或者第一标签或者第二标签的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。
如前文所述,在图6所示的方法中,LMF网元并未参与对至少一个标签或第一装置的定位。而在具体应用中,LMF网元也可参与对标签或装置的定位,具体的,可以参考图7所示的方法。
如图7所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法,该定位方法可以包括如下步骤:
S701:AMF网元获取定位信息。
上述S701的过程与S601的过程类似,因此,可参考上述S601中对应的描述,不再赘述。
可选的,在S701之后,AMF网元向LMF网元发送该定位信息,使得LMF网元可根据定位信息确定要采用的定位测量方式。定位测量方式的介绍可参考前文对本申请涉及的技术术语中的 解释说明。LMF网元可以是图2B中的LMF网元216。
可选的,LMF网元确定定位测量方式之前,第一接入网设备向LMF网元发送定位辅助信息。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的定位辅助信息。其中,第一接入网设备可以为图2B中的接入网设备212。定位辅助信息的介绍可以参考上述S501中对应的描述。
可以理解的,S701之后,AMF网元可触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签中的标签进行盘点和定位测量,以便第一接入网设备将定位测量结果发送给LMF网元,使得LMF网元根据定位测量结果对第一标签进行定位。例如,AMF网元可至少通过如下三种方式触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签中的标签进行盘点和定位测量。
方式4:AMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第一盘点请求。第一接入网设备接收到第一盘点请求后对第一标签进行盘点。AMF网元还向LMF网元发送第一定位请求,以触发LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求,使得第一接入网设备对第一标签进行定位测量。具体的,可参考下述S702-S706中的介绍。
方式5:AMF网元向LMF网元发送第一定位请求,以触发LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三盘点请求和第三定位请求,使得第一接入网设备对第一标签进行盘点和定位测量。这一过程与上述S502b-S506b中TMF网元向LMF网元发送第一定位请求,以触发LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三盘点请求和第三定位请求,使得第一接入网设备对第一标签进行盘点和定位测量的过程类似,可参考上述S502b-S506b中对应的介绍,在此不做赘述。
方式6:AMF网元向LMF网元发送第一定位请求,以触发LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求,使得第一接入网设备对第一标签进行盘点和定位测量。这一过程与上述S502c-S505c中TMF网元向LMF网元发送第一定位请求,以触发LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求,使得第一接入网设备对第一标签进行盘点和定位测量的过程类似,可参考上述S502c-S505c中对应的介绍,在此不做赘述。
S702:AMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第一盘点请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自AMF网元的第一盘点请求。
S703:第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息。
S704:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第二消息。
S705:AMF网元向LMF网元发送第一定位请求。相应的,LMF网元接收来自AMF网元的第一定位请求。
S706:LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第三定位请求。
S707:第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第十一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第十一消息。
S708:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第十二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第十二消息。
S709:第一接入网设备向LMF网元发送第二测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第二测量结果。
上述S702-S709的过程与S502a-S506a以及S507-S509的过程类似,因此,可参考上述S502a-S506a以及S507-S509中对应的描述,不再赘述。
可选的,在对第一标签进行定位的过程中,除了第一接入网设备之外,可能还需要其他接入网设备,如第二接入网设备,协助第一接入网设备对第一标签定位。其中,第二接入网设备可以是LMF网元确定的,为与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备。例如,图7所示方法还包括S710-S713:
S710:LMF网元向第二接入网设备发送第四定位请求。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第四定位请求。
S711:第二接入网设备向第一标签发送第十三消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第二接入网设备的第十三消息。
S712:第一标签向第二接入网设备发送第十四消息。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第十四消息。
S713:第二接入网设备向LMF网元发送第三测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第二接入网设备的第三测量结果。
上述S710-S713的过程与S510-S513的过程类似,因此,可参考S510-S513中对应的描述,不再赘述。
可选的,若至少一个标签的数量大于1,在S708之后,第一接入网设备可对至少一个标签中、除第一标签之外的标签激励上电,若第二标签被激励上电,图7所示方法还包括S714-S718:
S714:AMF网元向LMF网元发送第二定位请求。相应的,LMF网元接收来自AMF网元的第二定位请求。
S715:LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第五定位请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第五定位请求。
S716:第一接入网设备向第二标签发送第五消息。相应的,第二标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第五消息。
S717:第二标签向第一接入网设备发送第六消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第二标签的第六消息。
S718:第一接入网设备向LMF网元发送第四测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第四测量结果。
S719:LMF网元获取至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,获取第一装置的位置信息。
上述S714-S719的过程与S514-S519的过程类似,因此,可参考S514-S519中对应的描述,不再赘述。
基于图7所示的方法,AMF网元可获取定位信息,触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点,并触发LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三定位信息,使得第一接入网设备对第一标签发送的消息进行测量,得到第二测量结果。这样,LMF网元可根据第二测量结果获取至少一个标签的位置信息,实现对至少一个标签的定位,或者,LMF网元根据第二测量结果获取至少一个标签所在的第一装置的位置信息,实现对第一装置的定位。
其中,上述S701-S719中的AMF网元或者LMF网元或者第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备或者第一标签或者第二标签的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。
如图8所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法,该定位方法可以包括如下步骤:
S801:LMF网元获取定位信息。
其中,LMF网元可以是图2C中的LMF网元221。
一种可能的设计,定位信息可包括至少一个标签的信息。至少一个标签可包括任意一个或多个标签。例如,至少一个标签包括图2C中的标签223和/或标签224。至少一个标签的信息可包括至少一个标签的标识或至少一个标签的组对象。具体的,可参考上述S401中对应的描述。
一种可能的实现方式,至少一个标签设置在一个装置,如第一装置上。具体的,可参考上述S401中对应的描述。
一种可能的实现方式,定位信息还包括第一信息。第一信息可以包括以下至少一项:定位精度的信息、第一接入网设备的地理区域信息、至少一个标签所处的地理区域信息、服务类型的信息、定位周期的信息或关联标识。具体的,可参考上述S401中对应的描述。其中,第一接入网设备可以是图2C中的接入网设备222。
一种可能的实现方式,LMF网元可从其他网元,如AF网元,获取定位信息。其中,AF网元可以是图2D中的AF网元。
示例性的,LMF网元通过NEF网元接收来自AF网元的定位信息。其中,NEF网元可以是图2D中的NEF网元。可以理解的,AF网元可向NEF网元发送定位信息。NEF网元接收到定位信息后,可将定位信息直接发送给LMF网元,即AF网元通过NEF网元将定位信息透传给LMF网元。或者,NEF网元接收到定位信息后,将定位信息中的信息进行信息转换,转换成LMF网元 能够识别的信息,并将转换后的信息发送给LMF网元。具体的,可参考上述S401中对应的描述。
S802:LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第一盘点请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第一盘点请求。
S803:第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息。
S804:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第二消息。
S805:第一接入网设备向LMF网元发送第一测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第一测量结果。
S802-S805的过程与S402-S405的过程类似,因此,可以参考S402-S405中对应的描述,不再赘述。
可选的,在对第一标签进行定位的过程中,除了第一接入网设备之外,可能还需要其他接入网设备,如第二接入网设备,协助第一接入网设备对第一标签定位。示例性的,若第一测量结果包括第一相位信息或第一角度信息,则还需要其他接入网设备,如第二接入网设备,协助对第一标签进行定位。例如,图8所示方法还包括S806-S809:
S806:LMF网元向第二接入网设备发送第二盘点请求。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第二盘点请求。
S807:第二接入网设备向第一标签发送第七消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第二接入网设备的第七消息。
S808:第一标签向第二接入网设备发送第八消息。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第八消息。
S809:第二接入网设备向LMF网元发送第五测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第二接入网设备的第五测量结果。
S806-S809的过程与S406-S409的过程类似,因此,可以参考S406-S409中对应的描述,不再赘述。
可选的,若至少一个标签的数量大于1,在S804之后,第一接入网设备可对至少一个标签中、除第一标签之外的标签激励上电,若第二标签被激励上电,图8所示的方法还包括S810-S812:
S810:第一接入网设备向第二标签发送第九消息。相应的,第二标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第九消息。
S811:第二标签向第一接入网设备发送第十消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第二标签的第十消息。
S812:第一接入网设备向LMF网元发送第六测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第六测量结果。
S813:LMF网元获取至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,获取第一装置的位置信息。
S810-S813的过程与S410-S413的过程类似,因此,可以参考S410-S413中对应的描述,不再赘述。
基于图8所示的方法,LMF网元可以获取定位信息,并触发第一接入网设备对至少一个标签进行盘点,使得第一接入网设备在盘点的过程中获取第一测量结果。这样,LMF网元可以根据第一测量结果获取至少一个标签的位置信息,实现对至少一个标签的定位,或者,LMF网元根据第一测量结果获取至少一个标签所在的第一装置的位置信息,实现对第一装置的定位。
其中,上述S801-S813中的LMF网元或者第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备或者第一标签或者第二标签的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。
如图9所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法,该定位方法可以包括如下步骤:
S901:LMF网元获取定位信息。
上述S901的过程与S801的过程类似,因此,可参考上述S801中对应的描述,不再赘述。
可选的,在S901之后,LMF网元可根据定位信息确定要采用的定位测量方式。定位测量方 式的介绍可参考前文对本申请涉及的技术术语中的解释说明。
可选的,LMF网元确定定位测量方式之前,第一接入网设备向LMF网元发送定位辅助信息。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的定位辅助信息。
其中,第一接入网设备可以为图2C中的接入网设备222。定位辅助信息的介绍可以参考上述S501中对应的描述。
S902:LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第一盘点请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第一盘点请求。
S903:第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息。
S904:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第二消息。
上述S902-S904的过程与S502a-S504a的过程类似,因此,可参考上述S502a-S504a中对应的描述,不再赘述。
S905:LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第三定位请求。
S906:第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第十一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第十一消息。
S907:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第十二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第十二消息。
S908:第一接入网设备向LMF网元发送第二测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第二测量结果。
上述S905-S908的过程与S506a以及S507-S509的过程类似,因此,可参考上述S506a以及S507-S509中对应的描述,不再赘述。
可以理解的,上述S902-S904为可选的步骤。当包括S902-S904时,可通过S903-S904对第一标签进行盘点,通过S906-S907对第一标签进行定位测量。当不包括S902-S904时,可通过S906-S907对第一标签进行盘点和定位测量。
可选的,在对第一标签进行定位的过程中,除了第一接入网设备之外,可能还需要其他接入网设备,如第二接入网设备,协助第一接入网设备对第一标签定位。第二接入网设备可以是LMF网元确定的,为与第一接入网设备相邻的接入网设备。例如,图9所示方法还包括S909-S912:
S909:LMF网元向第二接入网设备发送第四定位请求。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第四定位请求。
S910:第二接入网设备向第一标签发送第十三消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自第二接入网设备的第十三消息。
S911:第一标签向第二接入网设备发送第十四消息。相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第十四消息。
S912:第二接入网设备向LMF网元发送第三测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第二接入网设备的第三测量结果。
上述S909-S912的过程与S510-S513的过程类似,因此,可参考S510-S513中对应的描述,不再赘述。
可选的,若至少一个标签的数量大于1,在S907之后,第一接入网设备可对至少一个标签中、除第一标签之外的标签激励上电,若第二标签被激励上电,图9所示方法还包括S913-S916:
S913:LMF网元向第一接入网设备发送第五定位请求。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自LMF网元的第五定位请求。
S914:第一接入网设备向第二标签发送第五消息。相应的,第二标签接收来自第一接入网设备的第五消息。
S915:第二标签向第一接入网设备发送第六消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第二标签的第六消息。
S916:第一接入网设备向LMF网元发送第四测量结果。相应的,LMF网元接收来自第一接入网设备的第四测量结果。
S917:LMF网元获取至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,获取第一装置的位置信息。
上述S913-S917的过程与S515-S519的过程类似,因此,可参考S515-S519中对应的描述,不再赘述。
基于图9所示的方法,LMF网元可获取定位信息,并触发第一接入网设备对第一标签发送的消息进行测量,得到第二测量结果。这样,LMF网元可根据第二测量结果获取至少一个标签的位置信息,实现对至少一个标签的定位,或者,LMF网元根据第二测量结果获取至少一个标签所在的第一装置的位置信息,实现对第一装置的定位。
其中,上述S901-S917中的LMF网元或者第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备或者第一标签或者第二标签的动作可以由图3所示的通信装置30中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。
除了上述方法之外,本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,通过该方法可通过第一消息触发第一标签发送第二消息,以便第一接入网设备根据第二消息进行定位测量,实现对第一标签的定位。
如图10所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,该定位方法可以包括如下步骤:
S1001:网络设备向第一标签发送第一消息。相应的,第一标签接收来自网络设备的第一消息。
其中,网络设备可以是第一接入网设备或核心网设备。核心网设备包括TMF网元、LMF网元或AMF网元。第一标签可以是能够与网络设备通信的任意一个标签。
示例性的,网络设备为图2A中的TMF网元201、LMF网元206或接入网设备202,第一标签为图2A中的标签203或标签204。或者,网络设备为图2B中的AMF网元211、LMF网元216或接入网设备212,第一标签为图2B中的标签213或标签214。或者,网络设备为图2C中的LMF网元221或接入网设备222,第一标签为图2C中的标签223或标签224。或者,网络设备为图2D中的AMF网元、LMF网元、TMF网元或接入网设备,第一标签为图2D中的任意一个标签。
一种可能的设计,第一消息用于触发第一标签对接收到的消息进行反射或回复。例如,第一消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息、定位消息或序列号请求消息。
其中,选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息和序列号请求消息的介绍可参考上述S403中对应的描述。定位消息可用于触发第一标签返回第一标签的位置信息。例如,定位消息包括标识符,该标识符指示第一标签返回第一标签的位置信息。
一种可能的实现方式,第一标签根据第一消息,将第一标签中的开关切换到第一位置,使得第一标签直接对接收到的消息进行反射。即:第一标签根据第一消息,从正常回复模式转换为反射模式。在反射模式下,第一标签可不解析接收到的消息,而是直接回复一个信号。这样可降低通信时延,并降低第一标签的功耗。
示例性的,以图1所示标签为例,在接收第一消息之前,标签的开关处于位置1,标签处于正常回复模式,可通过解码模块解析信号。标签接收到第一消息后,解码模块解析第一消息,确定第一消息用于触发第一标签对接收到的消息进行反射。例如,第一消息的头部携带指示信息,该指示信息指示了上述功能,解码模块解析第一消息的头部,即可确定第一消息具备上述功能,并向控制模块发送命令,指示控制模块将开关从位置1切换到位置2。控制模块接收到命令后,将开关从位置1切换到位置2。开关切换到位置2后,标签处于反射模式,可通过调制模块直接回复一个消息,而不解析接收到的消息。
S1002:第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第二消息。
其中,承载第二消息的信号用于第一接入网设备进行测量。例如,第一接入网设备对承载第二消息的信号进行测量,得到测量结果,并向核心网设备发送该测量结果。或者,第二消息用于第一接入网设备进行转发。例如,第一接入网设备将第二消息转发给核心网设备。
一种可能的设计,第二消息为第一消息的反射消息,或者,第二消息携带第一标签的标识、 随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。
可以理解的,若第一消息为选择消息,则第二消息包括RN16的随机数,或者携带第一标签的标识。若第一消息为确认消息,则第二消息包括第一标签的标识。若第一消息为查询消息,则第二消息包括RN16的随机数或序列号或校验码。若第一消息为类似查询消息的消息,第二消息包括类似RN16的随机数或类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。若第一消息为触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息,则第二消息承载于反射信号,即第二消息为第一消息的反射消息。若第一消息为定位消息,则第二消息包括第一标签的位置信息。若第一消息为序列号请求消息,则第二消息包括序列号。
可选的,图10所示的方法可与本申请实施例提供的定位方法结合,以指示定位方法中的标签从正常回复模式转换到反射模式,从而降低通信时延。具体来说,图4-图9所示的方法还可包括S1001,或者包括S1001和S1002。或者,图4-图9所示的方法中的步骤可替换为S1001,或者可替换为S1001和S1002。以图5所示的方法为例,S1001可在S503a之前执行。或者,S503a-S504a或S507-S508可替换为S1001-S1002。
本申请上文中提到的各个实施例之间在方案不矛盾的情况下,均可以进行结合,不作限制。
可以理解的,以上各个实施例中,由TMF网元实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于TMF网元的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现;由AMF网元实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于AMF网元的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现;由LMF网元实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于LMF网元的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现;由第一接入网设备实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于第一接入网设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现;由第一标签实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于第一标签的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请实施例还提供了通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的TMF网元,或者包含上述TMF网元的装置,或者为可用于TMF网元的部件;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的AMF网元,或者包含上述AMF网元的装置,或者为可用于AMF网元的部件;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的LMF网元,或者包含上述LMF网元的装置,或者为可用于LMF网元的部件;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第一接入网设备,或者包含上述第一接入网设备的装置,或者为可用于第一接入网设备的部件;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第一标签,或者包含上述第一标签的装置,或者为可用于第一标签的部件。可以理解的是,上述TMF网元、AMF网元、LMF网元、第一接入网设备或者第一标签等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法操作,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对上述TMF网元、AMF网元、LMF网元、第一接入网设备或者第一标签等进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。可以理解的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图11示出了一种通信装置110的结构示意图。通信装置110包括处理模块1101和收发模块1102。处理模块1101,也可以称为处理单元用于执行除了收发操作之外的操作,例如可以是处理电路或者处理器等。收发模块1102,也可以称为收发单元用于执行收发操作,例如可以是收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口等。
在一些实施例中,该通信装置110还可以包括存储模块(图11中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。
示例性地,通信装置110用于实现TMF网元、LMF网元或AMF网元的功能。通信装置110例如为图4所示的实施例或图5所示的实施例所述的TMF网元。或者,通信装置110例如为图6 所示的实施例或图7所示的实施例所述的AMF网元。或者,通信装置110例如为图8所示的实施例或图9所示的实施例所述的LMF网元。
其中,处理模块1101,用于获取定位信息。该定位信息包括至少一个标签的信息。例如,处理模块1101可以用于执行S401、S501、S601、S701或S801。
收发模块1102,用于向第一接入网设备发送第一盘点请求。其中,第一盘点请求用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点,第一盘点请求包括至少一个标签的信息,第一接入网设备为至少一个标签提供服务。例如,收发模块1102可以用于执行S402、S502a、S602、S702、S802或S902。
处理模块1101,还用于获取至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,获取第一装置的位置信息,第一装置上设置至少一个标签。例如,处理模块1101还可以用于执行S413、S519、S613、S719、S813或S917。
在一种可能的实现方式中,定位信息还包括以下至少一项:定位精度的信息、第一接入网设备的地理区域信息、服务类型的信息、定位周期的信息或关联标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,服务类型包括单次盘点、连续盘点或周期性盘点,关联标识用于标识与至少一个标签的定位和/或盘点相关的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,至少一个标签包括第一标签,收发模块1102,还用于向位置管理功能网元发送第一定位请求,第一定位请求用于请求对第一标签进行定位,第一定位请求包括第一标签的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一定位请求还包括以下至少一项:第一标签的类型信息或第一标签的服务类型的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1102,具体用于周期性地向位置管理功能网元发送第一定位请求。
在一种可能的实现方式中,至少一个标签还包括第二标签,处理模块1101,具体用于通过收发模块1102接收来自位置管理功能网元的第一装置的位置信息,第一装置的位置信息是根据第一标签的位置信息和第二标签的位置信息得到的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1102,还用于向位置管理功能网元发送第二定位请求,第二定位请求用于请求对第二标签进行定位,第二定位请求包括第二标签的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,至少一个标签包括第一标签,处理模块1101,具体用于通过收发模块1102接收来自第一接入网设备的第一测量结果,第一测量结果是第一接入网设备在对第一标签进行盘点的过程中获取的,第一测量结果用于确定第一标签的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一测量结果包括以下至少一项:第一小区的标识、第一时间差、第一相位信息或第一角度信息;第一小区为第一接入网设备为第一标签提供服务的服务小区,第一时间差为第一接入网设备向第一标签发送第一消息的时间与第一接入网设备接收来自第一标签的第二消息的时间之间的时间差,第一相位信息用于指示承载第二消息的信号的载波相位,或者用于指示承载第一消息的信号的载波相位和承载第二消息的信号的载波相位,第一角度信息用于指示承载第二消息的信号的到达角度。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1102,还用于向应用功能网元发送至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,向应用功能网元发送第一装置的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,至少一个标签包括第一标签,收发模块1102,还用于向第一标签发送第三消息,第三消息用于触发第一标签向第一接入网设备发送第四消息,使得第一接入网设备对承载第四消息的信号进行测量。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息、定位消息或序列号请求消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块1101,具体用于通过收发模块1102接收来自位置管理功能网元的第一标签的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,至少一个标签中的任意一个标签为无源终端或半无源终端。
当用于实现TMF网元、LMF网元或AMF网元的功能时,关于通信装置110所能实现的其他功能,可参考图4所示的实施例至图9所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。
在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到通信装置110可以采用图3所示的形式。比如,图3中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置110执行上述方法实施例中所述的方法。
示例性的,图11中的处理模块1101和收发模块1102的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图11中的处理模块1101的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图11中的收发模块1102的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的通信接口304来实现。
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图12示出了一种通信装置120的结构示意图。通信装置120包括收发模块1201。收发模块1201,也可以称为收发单元用于执行收发操作,例如可以是收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口等。
在一些实施例中,该通信装置120还可以包括存储模块(图9中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。
示例性地,通信装置120用于实现LMF网元的功能。通信装置120例如为图5所示的实施例或图7所示实施例所述的LMF网元。
其中,收发模块1201,用于接收第一定位请求,第一定位请求用于请求对第一标签进行定位,第一定位请求包括第一标签的标识。例如,收发模块1201可以用于执行S505a、S502b、S705。
收发模块1201,还用于向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求。其中,第三定位请求用于请求对第一标签进行定位,第三定位请求包括第一标签的标识,第一接入网设备为第一标签提供服务。例如,收发模块1201可以用于执行S506a、S506b、S503c或S706。
收发模块1201,还用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第二测量结果。其中,第二测量结果用于确定第一标签的位置信息。例如,收发模块1201可以用于执行S509或S709。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1201,还用于向第二接入网设备发送第四定位请求,第四定位请求用于请求第二接入网设备对第一标签进行定位,第四定位请求包括第一标签的标识;收发模块1201,还用于接收来自第二接入网设备的第三测量结果,第三测量结果和第二测量结果共同用于确定第一标签的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一定位请求还包括以下至少一项:第一标签的类型信息或第一标签的服务类型的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、第一标签的类型信息或第一标签的服务类型的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,定位测量方式包括角度测量、相位测量、信号强度测量、多天线测量、指纹定位测量或多标签辅助定位测量。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二测量结果是第一接入网设备采用定位测量方式进行测量得到的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1201,具体用于周期性地向第一接入网设备发送第二定位请求。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1201,还用于向标签管理功能网元发送第一标签的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1201,还用于接收第二定位请求,第二定位请求用于请求对第二标签进行定位,第二定位请求包括第二标签的标识;收发模块1201,还用于向第一接入网设备发送第五定位请求,第五请求用于请求对第二标签进行定位,第五定位请求包括第二标签的标识,第一接入网设备还为第二标签提供服务;收发模块1201,还用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第四测量结果,第四测量结果用于确定第二标签的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1201,还用于向标签管理功能网元发送第一装置的位置信息,第一装置上设置第一标签和第二标签,第一装置的位置信息是根据第一标签的位置信息和第二标签的位置信息得到的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一装置的位置信息为第一标签的位置信息和第二标签的位置信息的平均值。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1201,还用于接收来自第一接入网设备的定位辅助信息,定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:第一接入网设备的位置信息、第一接入网设备的高度信息或第一接入网设备支持的至少一种定位测量方式的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一标签为无源终端或半无源终端。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二标签为无源终端或半无源终端。
当用于实现LMF网元的功能时,关于通信装置120所能实现的其他功能,可参考图5所示的实施例或图7所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。
或者,示例性地,通信装置120用于实现第一接入网设备的功能。通信装置120例如为图4所示的实施例,图5所示的实施例,图6所示的实施例、图7所示的实施例,图8所示的实施例或图9所示的实施例所述的第一接入网设备。
其中,收发模块1201,用于接收第一盘点请求。其中,第一盘点请求用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点,第一盘点请求包括至少一个标签的信息,至少一个标签包括第一标签。例如,收发模块1201可以用于执行S402、S502a、S602、S702、S802或S902。
收发模块1201,还用于向第一标签发送第一消息。例如,收发模块1201,可以用于执行S403、S503a、S603、S703、S803或S903。
收发模块1201,还用于接收来自第一标签的第二消息。例如,收发模块1201,可以用于执行S402、S504a、S604、S704、S804或S904。
收发模块1201,还用于发送第一测量结果,第一测量结果用于确定第一标签的位置信息。例如,收发模块1201,还用于执行S405、S509、S605、S709、S805或S908。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1201,还用于接收来自位置管理功能网元的第三定位请求,第三定位请求用于请求对第一标签进行定位,第三定位请求包括第一标签的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、第一标签的类型信息或第一标签的服务类型的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一测量结果是通信装置120采用定位测量方式的信息指示的测量方式进行测量得到的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1201,具体用于周期性地接收来自位置管理功能网元的第三定位请求。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一测量结果包括以下至少一项:第一小区的标识、第一时间差、第一相位信息或第一角度信息;第一小区为通信装置120为第一标签提供服务的服务小区,第一时间差为通信装置120向第一标签发送第一消息的时间与通信装置120接收来自第一标签的第二消息的时间之间的时间差,第一相位信息用于指示承载第二消息的信号的载波相位,或者用于指示承载第一消息的信号的载波相位和承载第二消息的信号的载波相位,第一角度信息用于指示承载第二消息的信号的到达角度。
在一种可能的实现方式中,至少一个标签还包括第二标签,收发模块1201,还用于向第二标签发送第五消息;收发模块1201,还用于接收来自第二标签的第六消息;收发模块1201,还用于发送第四测量结果,第四测量结果用于确定第二标签的位置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1201,还用于接收来自位置管理功能网元的第五定位请求,第五定位请求用于请求对第二标签进行定位,第五定位请求包括第二标签的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第五定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、第二标签的类型信息或第二标签的服务类型的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第四测量结果是通信装置120采用第五定位请求指示的定位测量方式进行测量得到的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,定位测量方式包括角度测量、相位测量、信号强度测量、多天线测量、指纹定位测量或多标签辅助定位测量。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1201,还用于向位置管理功能网元发送定位辅助信息,定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:通信装置120的位置信息、通信装置120的高度信息或通信装置120支持的至少一种定位测量方式的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发第一标签发送反射信号的消息或序列号请求消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一标签为无源终端或半无源终端。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二标签为无源终端或半无源终端。
当用于实现第一接入网设备的功能时,关于通信装置120所能实现的其他功能,可参考图4所示的实施例,图5所示的实施例,图6所示的实施例、图7所示的实施例,图8所示的实施例或图9所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。
在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到通信装置120可以采用图3所示的形式。比如,图3中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置120执行上述方法实施例中所述的方法。
示例性的,图12中的收发模块1201的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图12中的收发模块1201的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的通信接口304来实现。
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图13示出了一种通信装置130的结构示意图。通信装置130包括收发模块1301。收发模块1301,也可以称为收发单元用于执行收发操作,例如可以是收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口等。可选的,通信装置130还包括处理模块1302。处理模块1302,也可以称为处理单元用于执行除了收发操作之外的操作,例如可以是处理电路或者处理器等。
在一些实施例中,该通信装置130还可以包括存储模块(图9中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。
示例性地,通信装置130用于实现第一标签的功能。通信装置130例如为图10所示实施例所述的第一标签。
其中,收发模块1301,用于接收第一消息。其中,第一消息用于触发通信装置130对接收到的消息进行反射或回复。例如,收发模块1301可以用于执行S1001。
收发模块1301,还用于向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。其中,承载第二消息的信号用于第一接入网设备进行定位测量。例如,收发模块1301还可以用于执行S1002。
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块1302,用于根据第一消息,将通信装置130中的开关切换到第一位置,使得通信装置130直接对接收到的消息进行反射。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发通信装置130发送反射信号的消息、定位消息或序列号请求消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二消息为第一消息的反射消息,或者,第二消息携带所述通信装置130的标识、随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1301,具体用于接收来自核心网网元的第一消息;或者,收发模块1301,具体用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,核心网网元为接入和移动性管理功能网元、位置管理功能网元或标签管理功能网元。
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置130为无源终端或半无源终端。
当用于实现第一标签的功能时,关于通信装置130所能实现的其他功能,可参考图10所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。
在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到通信装置130可以采用图3所示的形式。比如,图3中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置130执行上述方法实施例中所述的方法。
示例性的,图13中的收发模块1301和处理模块1302的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图13中的处理模块1302的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图13中的收发模块1301的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的通信接口304来实现。
可以理解的是,以上模块或单元的一个或多个可以软件、硬件或二者结合来实现。当以上任一模块或单元以软件实现的时候,所述软件以计算机程序指令的方式存在,并被存储在存储器中,处理器可以用于执行所述程序指令并实现以上方法流程。该处理器可以内置于SoC(片上系统)或ASIC,也可是一个独立的半导体芯片。该处理器内处理用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、PLD(可编程逻辑器件)、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。
当以上模块或单元以硬件实现的时候,该硬件可以是CPU、微处理器、数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP)芯片、微控制单元(microcontroller unit,MCU)、人工智能处理器、ASIC、SoC、FPGA、PLD、专用数字电路、硬件加速器或非集成的分立器件中的任一个或任一组合,其可以运行必要的软件或不依赖于软件以执行以上方法流程。
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,包括:至少一个处理器和接口,该至少一个处理器通过接口与存储器耦合,当该至少一个处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得上述任一方法实施例中的方法被执行。在一种可能的实现方式中,该芯片系统还包括存储器。可选的,该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。计算机可读存储介质可以是前述任一实施例的通信装置的内部存储单元,例如通信装置的硬盘或内存。上述计算机可读存储介质也可以是上述通信装置的外部存储设备,例如上述通信装置上配备的插接式硬盘,智能存储卡(smart media card,SMC),安全数字(secure digital,SD)卡,闪存卡(flash card)等。进一步地,上述计算机可读存储介质还可以既包括上述通信装置的内部存储单元也包括外部存储设备。上述计算机可读存储介质用于存储上述计算机程序以及上述通信装置所需的其他程序和数据。上述计算机可读存储介质还可以用于暂时地存储已经输出或者将要输出的数据。
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机程序产品中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机指令。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机指令来指令相关的硬件(如计算机、处理器、接入网设备、移动性管理网元或会话管理网元等)完成。该程序可被存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中或上述计算机程序产品中。
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,包括:上述实施例中的第一接入网设备和第一标签。该通信系统还包括:上述实施例中的TMF网元,和/或,AMF网元,和/或,LMF网元。
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件 的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (39)

  1. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    获取定位信息,所述定位信息包括至少一个标签的信息;
    向第一接入网设备发送第一盘点请求,所述第一盘点请求用于请求对所述至少一个标签进行盘点,所述第一盘点请求包括所述至少一个标签的信息,所述第一接入网设备为所述至少一个标签提供服务;
    获取所述至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,获取第一装置的位置信息,所述第一装置上设置所述至少一个标签。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述定位信息还包括以下至少一项:定位精度的信息、所述第一接入网设备的地理区域信息、服务类型的信息、定位周期的信息或关联标识。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述服务类型包括单次盘点、连续盘点或周期性盘点,所述关联标识用于标识与所述至少一个标签的定位和/或盘点相关的信息。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个标签包括第一标签,所述方法还包括:
    向位置管理功能网元发送第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求用于请求对所述第一标签进行定位,所述第一定位请求包括所述第一标签的标识;
    所述获取所述至少一个标签的位置信息,包括:
    接收来自所述位置管理功能网元的所述第一标签的位置信息。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求还包括以下至少一项:所述第一标签的类型信息或所述第一标签的服务类型的信息。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个标签还包括第二标签,所述获取第一装置的位置信息,包括:
    接收来自所述位置管理功能网元的所述第一装置的位置信息,所述第一装置的位置信息是根据所述第一标签的位置信息和所述第二标签的位置信息得到的。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    向所述位置管理功能网元发送第二定位请求,所述第二定位请求用于请求对所述第二标签进行定位,所述第二定位请求包括所述第二标签的标识。
  8. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个标签包括第一标签,所述获取所述至少一个标签的位置信息,包括:
    接收来自所述第一接入网设备的第一测量结果,所述第一测量结果是所述第一接入网设备在对所述第一标签进行盘点的过程中获取的,所述第一测量结果用于确定所述第一标签的位置信息。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一测量结果包括以下至少一项:第一小区的标识、第一时间差、第一相位信息或第一角度信息;
    所述第一小区为所述第一接入网设备为所述第一标签提供服务的服务小区,所述第一时间差为所述第一接入网设备向所述第一标签发送第一消息的时间与所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述第一标签的第二消息的时间之间的时间差,所述第一相位信息用于指示承载所述第二消息的信号的载波相位,或者用于指示承载所述第一消息的信号的载波相位和承载所述第二消息的信号的载波相位,所述第一角度信息用于指示承载所述第二消息的信号的到达角度。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    向应用功能网元发送所述至少一个标签的位置信息,或者,向应用功能网元发送所述第一装置的位置信息。
  11. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个标签包括第一标签,所述方法还包括:
    向所述第一标签发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于触发所述第一标签向所述第一接入网设备发送第四消息,使得所述第一接入网设备对承载所述第四消息的信号进行测量。
  12. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    接收第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求用于请求对第一标签进行定位,所述第一定位请求包括所述第一标签的标识;
    向第一接入网设备发送第三定位请求,所述第三定位请求用于请求对所述第一标签进行定位,所述第三定位请求包括所述第一标签的标识,所述第一接入网设备为所述第一标签提供服务;
    接收来自所述第一接入网设备的第二测量结果,所述第二测量结果用于确定所述第一标签的位置信息。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    向第二接入网设备发送第四定位请求,所述第四定位请求用于请求第二接入网设备对所述第一标签进行定位,所述第四定位请求包括所述第一标签的标识;
    接收来自所述第二接入网设备的第三测量结果,所述第三测量结果和所述第二测量结果共同用于确定所述第一标签的位置信息。
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求还包括以下至少一项:所述第一标签的类型信息或所述第一标签的服务类型的信息。
  15. 根据权利要求12-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、所述第一标签的类型信息或所述第一标签的服务类型的信息。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述定位测量方式包括角度测量、相位测量、信号强度测量、多天线测量、指纹定位测量或多标签辅助定位测量。
  17. 根据权利要求12-16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    向所述标签管理功能网元发送所述第一标签的位置信息。
  18. 根据权利要求12-17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收第二定位请求,所述第二定位请求用于请求对第二标签进行定位,所述第二定位请求包括所述第二标签的标识;
    向所述第一接入网设备发送第五定位请求,所述第五请求用于请求对所述第二标签进行定位,所述第五定位请求包括所述第二标签的标识,所述第一接入网设备还为所述第二标签提供服务;
    接收来自所述第一接入网设备的第四测量结果,所述第四测量结果用于确定所述第二标签的位置信息。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    向标签管理功能网元发送第一装置的位置信息,所述第一装置上设置所述第一标签和所述第二标签,所述第一装置的位置信息是根据所述第一标签的位置信息和所述第二标签的位置信息得到的。
  20. 根据权利要求12-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收来自所述第一接入网设备的定位辅助信息,所述定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:所述第一接入网设备的位置信息、所述第一接入网设备的高度信息或所述第一接入网设备支持的至少一种定位测量方式的信息。
  21. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,应用于第一接入网设备,所述方法包括:
    接收第一盘点请求,所述第一盘点请求用于请求对至少一个标签进行盘点,所述第一盘点请求包括所述至少一个标签的信息,所述至少一个标签包括第一标签;
    向所述第一标签发送第一消息;
    接收来自所述第一标签的第二消息;
    发送第一测量结果,所述第一测量结果用于确定所述第一标签的位置信息。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收来自位置管理功能网元的第三定位请求,所述第三定位请求用于请求对所述第一标签进行定位,所述第三定位请求包括所述第一标签的标识。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、所述第一标签的类型信息或所述第一标签的服务类型的信息。
  24. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一测量结果包括以下至少一项:第一小区的标识、第一时间差、第一相位信息或第一角度信息;
    所述第一小区为所述第一接入网设备为所述第一标签提供服务的服务小区,所述第一时间差为所述第一接入网设备向所述第一标签发送所述第一消息的时间与所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述第一标签的所述第二消息的时间之间的时间差,所述第一相位信息用于指示承载所述第二消息的信号的载波相位,或者用于指示承载所述第一消息的信号的载波相位和承载所述第二消息的信号的载波相位,所述第一角度信息用于指示承载所述第二消息的信号的到达角度。
  25. 根据权利要求21-24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个标签还包括第二标签,所述方法还包括:
    向所述第二标签发送第五消息;
    接收来自所述第二标签的第六消息;
    发送第四测量结果,所述第四测量结果用于确定所述第二标签的位置信息。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收来自位置管理功能网元的第五定位请求,所述第五定位请求用于请求对所述第二标签进行定位,所述第五定位请求包括所述第二标签的标识。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第五定位请求还包括以下至少一项:定位测量方式的信息、所述第二标签的类型信息或所述第二标签的服务类型的信息。
  28. 根据权利要求23或27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述定位测量方式包括角度测量、相位测量、信号强度测量、多天线测量、指纹定位测量或多标签辅助定位测量。
  29. 根据权利要求21-28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    向位置管理功能网元发送定位辅助信息,所述定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:所述第一接入网设备的位置信息、所述第一接入网设备的高度信息或所述第一接入网设备支持的至少一种定位测量方式的信息。
  30. 根据权利要求21-29中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发所述第一标签发送反射信号的消息或序列号请求消息。
  31. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一标签,所述第一标签为无源终端或半无源终端,所述方法包括:
    接收第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发所述第一标签对接收到的消息进行反射或回复;
    向所述第一接入网设备发送第二消息,承载所述第二消息的信号用于所述第一接入网设备进行定位测量。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    根据所述第一消息,将所述第一标签中的开关切换到第一位置,使得所述第一标签直接对接收到的消息进行反射。
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为选择消息、确认消息、查询消息、类似查询消息的消息、触发所述第一标签发送反射信号的消息、定位消息或序列号请求消息。
  34. 根据权利要求31-33中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息为所述第一消息的反射消息,或者,所述第二消息携带所述第一标签的标识、随机数、序列号、校验码、类似随机数的信息、类似序列号的信息或类似校验码的信息。
  35. 根据权利要求31-34中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第一消息,包括:
    接收来自核心网网元的所述第一消息;或者,
    接收来自所述第一接入网设备的所述第一消息。
  36. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至11中任一项所述方法的单元或模块,或者包括用于执行如权利要求12至20中任一项所述方法的单元或模块,或者包括用于执行如权利要求21至30中任一项所述方法的单元或模块,或者包括用于执行如权利要求31至35中任一项所述方法的单元或模块。
  37. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至 11中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求12至20中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求21至30中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求31至35中任一项所述的方法。
  38. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,其特征在于,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,或者如权利要求12至20中任一项所述的方法,或者如权利要求21至30中任一项所述的方法,或者如权利要求31至35中任一项所述的方法。
  39. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:标签管理功能网元、位置管理功能网元和第一接入网设备,所述标签管理功能网元用于执行如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,所述位置管理功能网元用于执行如权利要求12至20中任一项所述的方法,所述第一接入网设备用于执行如权利要求21至30中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2023/104249 2022-07-27 2023-06-29 定位方法及装置 WO2024022012A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210891163.8 2022-07-27
CN202210891163.8A CN117528394A (zh) 2022-07-27 2022-07-27 定位方法及装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024022012A1 true WO2024022012A1 (zh) 2024-02-01

Family

ID=89705254

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/104249 WO2024022012A1 (zh) 2022-07-27 2023-06-29 定位方法及装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117528394A (zh)
WO (1) WO2024022012A1 (zh)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108513354A (zh) * 2018-03-16 2018-09-07 广州众志物联网科技有限公司 定位方法和系统
CN109313252A (zh) * 2016-06-22 2019-02-05 英特尔公司 用于定位的通信设备和方法
WO2022110184A1 (zh) * 2020-11-30 2022-06-02 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法、装置及系统
US20220201435A1 (en) * 2020-12-21 2022-06-23 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Using wireless networks for locationing and data transfer
CN114679203A (zh) * 2022-03-18 2022-06-28 京信网络系统股份有限公司 物联网通信系统和方法

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109313252A (zh) * 2016-06-22 2019-02-05 英特尔公司 用于定位的通信设备和方法
CN108513354A (zh) * 2018-03-16 2018-09-07 广州众志物联网科技有限公司 定位方法和系统
WO2022110184A1 (zh) * 2020-11-30 2022-06-02 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法、装置及系统
US20220201435A1 (en) * 2020-12-21 2022-06-23 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Using wireless networks for locationing and data transfer
CN114679203A (zh) * 2022-03-18 2022-06-28 京信网络系统股份有限公司 物联网通信系统和方法

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117528394A (zh) 2024-02-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN105981456A (zh) 非托管网络中的接入点位置发现
CN115104348A (zh) 一种定位信息上报的方法及通信装置
US20230345243A1 (en) Authentication method and communication apparatus
WO2022012549A1 (zh) 定位信号发送方法及装置
US20230214620A1 (en) Method and device for positioning, and storage medium
CN114731521A (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN116830766A (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN114125958A (zh) 下行定位测量方法、装置及系统
WO2024022012A1 (zh) 定位方法及装置
CN101374155B (zh) 无线网状网中对客户节点定位的方法及一种无线网状网系统
WO2023122975A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN116055997A (zh) 通信方法以及相关装置
WO2022252070A1 (zh) 标签设备定位方法、系统及相关装置
WO2024152188A1 (zh) 通信方法、装置、设备、存储介质、芯片、产品及程序
CN105026950B (zh) 终端定位的方法、定位服务器和终端
CN110662215A (zh) 信息传输方法与装置
WO2024113071A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和设备
EP4426030A1 (en) Wireless communication method, first device, and second device
WO2022178850A1 (zh) 传输信息的方法及装置
WO2024113173A1 (zh) 定位方法及设备
WO2024152958A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置、存储介质、标签设备、网络设备
WO2024193385A1 (zh) 定位测量方法、盘存方法以及相关装置
WO2024027475A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
EP4407828A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2024113119A1 (zh) 通信方法、装置、设备、存储介质、芯片、产品及程序

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23845225

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1